resumen productos datalogic sensores

219
SENSORS GUÍA DE PRODUCTOS Sensores fotoeléctricos para la detección, seguridad, medida e inspección

Upload: phill-ramz

Post on 27-Dec-2015

184 views

Category:

Documents


9 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SE

NS

OR

S

GUÍA DE PRODUCTOS Sensores fotoeléctr icos para la

detección, seguridad, medida e inspección

Page 2: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES
Page 3: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES
Page 4: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DATALOGIC AUTOMATIONBUSINESS UNITS

USS SENSORS

2

Nuestra unidad de negocio Unattended

Scanning System (USS), desarrolla y fabrica

soluciones de identificación automática con una

completa gama de lectores de códigos de

barras fijas y sistemas de láser y tecnología de

imágenes para asegurar la trazabilidad de los

procesos industriales en Factory Automation.

- Imagers

- Industrial Bar Code Scanners

- Embedded Bar Code Readers

Datasensor es la marca reconocida a nivel

internacional de nuestro fabricante

especialista en componentes de detección,

seguridad, medición e inspección y en

soluciones para la automatización industrial.

- Photoelectric Detection Devices

- Photoelectric Safety Devices

- Photoelectric Inspection Devices

- Photoelectric Measurement Devices

- Ultrasonic, Capacitive and

Inductive Proximity Sensors

Page 5: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

RFID LASER MARKING

3

Escort Memory Systems es la marca que

denomina las soluciones industriales con

tecnología RFID de lectura/escritura. EMS es la

solución de identificación automática elegida por

muchos fabricantes del sector automovilístico,

electrónico, farmacéutico y alimentario.

- Low Frequency (LF)

- High Frequency (HF)

- Ultra High Frequency (UHF)

Laservall es uno de los principales fabricantes

de fuentes láser industriales con tecnología de

estado sólido (DPSS) a baja potencia (hasta

200 W) y sistemas de marcación. Lleva 15

años en el sector, entrando a formar parte del

Grupo Datalogic en el 2004.

- Laser Sources for Marking

- Laser Sources for Microwelding

- DPSS Technology

- IR, Green, UV Lasers

Page 6: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

INDICE

DATALOGIC AUTOMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sensores fotoeléctricos universales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Sensores tubulares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Sensores miniatura y sensores de fibra óptica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Sensores compactos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Sensores grandes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Sensores para aplicaciones fotoeléctricas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Sensores de herradura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Sensores de luminiscencia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Sensores de contraste y color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Sensores de área . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Accesorios para sensores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Sensores de proximidad inductivos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Equipos fotoeléctricos de medición . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Haces cruzados de medición y sensores de línea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Sensores de distancia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Equipos fotoeléctricos de inspección . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Sensores de cámara de visión artificial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Iluminadores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Sensores de visión . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Configuradores y monitores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

4

Page 7: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Equipos fotoeléctricos de seguridad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Guía para la selección . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Barreras de luz para la protección de dedos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Barreras de luz para la protección de manos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Barreras de luz para la protección del cuerpo humano y control de presencia . . 64Protección del cuerpo humano con Muting integrado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Protección del cuerpo humano con unidad pasiva y Muting integrado . . . . . . . . 70

Accesorios para barreras de luz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Reguladores de temperatura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

DATALOGIC AUTOMATION aplica una garantía de tres años desde la fecha defabricación para todos los productos desglosados en este catálogo general

5

Page 8: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS UNIVERSALES

6

Serie S10Serie básica de sensoresfotoeléctricos tubulares M18estándar con carcasa de metalIP69K- Mayores alcances de detección- Mayor protección mecánica IP69K- Modelos en acero inoxidable AISI-316L- Versiones para la industria mecánica o

alimentaria- Salida en configuración estándar de 3

cables

Serie S50 Amplia gama de sensoresfotoeléctricos tubulares M18estándar de aplicación universal

- Todas las funciones ópticas, también Láser- M18 plástico plano con fijación universal- Disponible en carcasa M18 de metal- Versión con rayos axiales o radiales, con

cable o conector- Salida estándar de 4 cables NO-NC

NPN o PNP

Serie S51 Serie básica de la gamaeconómica de sensoresfotoeléctricos tubulares tipoestándar M18- Selección de funciones ópticas universales- Las más altas prestaciones al mejor precio- Carcasa M18 plana de plástico o metal- Versiones con rayos axiales o radiales,

cable o conector- Salida estándar de 3 cables y

configuración claro/oscuro

NUEVAS PRESTACIONESNUEVAS PRESTACIONES

La nueva serie S10 desensores fotoeléctricos M18 encarcasa tubular de metal se hadesarrollado para lasaplicaciones más complejas enla industria mecánica oalimentaria. La protecciónmecánica IP69K garantiza laresistencia en maquinaria conchorros de agua y altastemperaturas hasta 80°C, asícomo presiones de hasta 100bar. Además, existen versionesde acero inoxidable AISI 316Lcon óptima resistencia a lacorrosión ácida para laexposición a los agentesquímicos y detergentes másagresivos. La serie S10 incluyepalpadores regulables hasta10, 35 o 60 cm y palpadoresfocalizados a 14 mm; reflex a 4m, reflex polarizados a 3 m yreflex para transparentes a 1m; barreras emisor/receptorhasta 18 m. Para la conexión alconector M12 sólo hacen faltatres cables para la alimentacióny la salida NPN o PNP.

La serie S50 ofrece todas lasfunciones ópticas con las másaltas prestaciones en el formatoestándar M18. Las versionesuniversales también sesuministran con emisión de rayosláser clase 1, las versiones másavanzadas con supresión defondo o de primer plano. Estaserie abarca también sensoresde contraste, luminiscencia odistancia con salida analógica.Todos los modelos estándisponibles en una innovadoracarcasa de plástico plana defijación universal (tuercas M18 otornillos M3), o bien en latradicional carcasa cilíndrica demetal. En ambos casos existenversiones con lente axial o radial,con cable o con conector M12 encaso de configuraciónnormalizada de 4 cables consalidas dobles NO-NC del tipoNPN o PNP. La serie S50 es lasolución de aplicación universalde referencia para laautomatización industrial.

La serie S51 ofrece la soluciónmás económica para ladetección óptica en laautomatización industrial. Losmenores costes, resultado deuna producción automatizada yexplotación económica óptimade los modelos de mayordivulgación, sin embargo, norepresentan una reducción delas altísimas prestaciones deestos modelos de funcionesópticas básicas. El palpadordirecto tiene una distancia fijade 10 cm o regulable hasta 40cm; el reflex tiene un alcancede 4 m o de 3 m en caso dereflex polarizado; la barreraemisor/receptor ofrece unalcance de hasta 18 m. Todoslos modelos están disponiblestanto en versión con carcasaplana de plástico o cilíndrica demetal, con lente axial o radial,con conexión por cable oconector M12 y salida NPN oPNP.

NUEVAS PRESTACIONES

Page 9: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVA SERIENUEVA SERIE

7

Serie S15 Sensores fotoeléctricos tubulares

- Carcasa reducida de sólo 40 mm- Salida con cable - Sin potenciómetro de ajuste de

sensibilidad - Protección mecánica IP69K

Serie S40/S41 Amplia gama de sensoresfotoeléctricos miniatura segúnestándar europeo

- Modelos universales económicos conpotenciómetro

- Modelos de elevadas prestaciones con autoajuste- Supresión de fondo y reflex con láser- Reflex polarizado para transparentes- Salida de 4 cables NA/NC o con ajuste

externo (Remote)

Serie S8Línea avanzada de sensoresfotoeléctricos miniatura

- Dimensiones compactas (14x42x25mm)

- Frecuencia de conmutación hasta 10KHz

- Haz focalizado Ø < 1 mm (versión láser) - Alta resolución- Versiones coaxiales

En el mercado europeo, laserie S40 y la serie básica S41más económica representan lagama más completa desensores fotoeléctricosminiatura de dimensiones yfi jaciones estandarizadas.Incluyen barrerasemisor/receptor a 6 m, reflexpolarizado a 3 m y en caso deemisión láser a 6 m, reflex paratransparentes a 0.7 m,palpadores directos a 35 cm ycon láser a 15 cm, supresiónde fondo a 10 cm y conemisión láser a 6 cm para unadetección de mayor precisión.La salida es de tipo NO conajuste externo para losmodelos de la serie S40 conprogramación por autoajuste, osalida doble NO-NC para losmodelos con regulación porpotenciómetro de la serie S41más económica. En todos loscasos, están disponiblesversiones NPN o PNP, conconexión por cable o conconector M8.

La nueva serie S8 de sensoresminiatura ofrece excelentesprestaciones de detección, unacaracterística conocida general-mente de sensores más caros yde mayores dimensiones.Están disponibles los modeloscon reflex polarizado coaxial derayo láser, supresión mecánicade fondo con láser, reflex polari-zado coaxial con emisión LEDpara la detección de objetostransparentes y sensores decontraste con emisión RGB,rayo coaxial y alta resolución encarcasa compacta. Las versio-nes láser se caracterizan por suhaz focalizado inferior a 1 mm ysu frecuencia de conmutaciónde 10KHz, las más altas dispo-nibles en el mercado. Las ver-siones retroreflex garantizanuna excelente fiabilidad y pro-ductividad, gracias a una señaladicional de ALARMA en casode lentes sucias. Están disponi-bles en dos versiones diferen-tes, con conector M8 o M12.

La característica principal delos nuevos sensores tubularesM18 de la serie S15 es la longi-tud de la carcasa de sólo 40mm. Para una instalación rápi-da y sencilla, la serie S15 sesuministra sin potenciómetro deajuste. Esta característica redu-ce considerablemente la posibi-lidad que el operador modifiquelas prestaciones del sensor,garantizando de esta forma unamayor fiabilidad y productividaddel sensor. Están disponibleslas funciones ópticas másimportantes del sector indu-strial: reflex polarizado, reflexno polarizado, palpador de pro-ximidad y barreraemisor/receptor. Todos losmodelos disponen de protec-ción mecánica IP69K, con locual son idóneos para la aplica-ción bajo condiciones ambien-tales difíciles.

Page 10: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

NEW MODELS NUEVOS MODELOS NUEVAS PRESTACIONES

8

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS UNIVERSALES

Serie S3ZSerie básica de sensoresfotoeléctricos miniatura estándar,sector Asia-Pacífico

- Supresión de fondo de 50-250 mm- Palpador a 0.7 m, con haz estrecho a 15 cm- Reflex polarizado a 4 m- Barrera emisor/receptor a 15 m- Salida con configuración estándar de 3

cables

Serie S7Amplificadores y sensores defibra óptica de formato compactopara guía DIN

- Modelos de alta resolución con display- Resolución de 12 bit y tiempos de

respuesta 50 ms- Versiones con potenciómetro y autoajuste- Amplia gama fibras ópticas como accesorio- Salida de 4 cables NO/NC o con ajuste

externo (Remote)

Serie S60Amplia gama de sensoresfotoeléctricos en formato compacto50x50 de aplicación universal- Selección de funciones ópticas universales- Las más altas prestaciones al mejor precio- Carcasa M18 plana de plástico o metal- Versión con rayos axiales o radiales,

cable o conector- Salida estándar de 3 cables y ajuste

claro/oscuro

NUEVOS MODELOS

Además de sus altos alcancesy su precio accesible, la serieS3Z es ideal en el mercadodebido a su formato dedimensiones y f i jacionesestándar, especialmente en elsector Asia-Pacífico. Estándisponibles los modelos debarrera emisor/receptor a 15 m,reflex polarizado a 4 m,palpador directo a 70 cm y hazestrecho para alcances entre50 y 150 mm. También estádisponible el modelo consupresión de fondo de 5 a 25cm con programación porpotenciómetro multigiro. Cadamodelo está previsto con salidaNPN o PNP, con posibilidad deconfiguración claro/oscuro ycon conexión por cable oconector M8. La carcasa deplástico es totalmenteimpermeable gracias a surecubrimiento total,garantizando la máximaestanqueidad mecánica,incluso si el modelo estáexpuesto a frecuentes lavados.

Los sensores de la serie S7ofrecen la solución ideal para elmontaje de distintas unidades enguías DIN, con la posibilidad dedeslocalizar los distintos puntosde detección con fibra óptica endistintos puntos de la máquina,también en espacios limitados oen caso de uniones mecánicas oelevadas temperaturas. Para ladetección más exacta y rápida deobjetos de pequeñasdimensiones o contrastes decolor o escala de grises mínimos,están disponibles modelos debajos tiempos de respuesta detan solo 50 μs y alta resolución a12 bit, con visualización en undisplay de 4 dígitos. Paradetecciones de mayor alcance,sin embargo, están disponiblesmodelos estándar a 500 μs y 10bit. La programación de lossensores es fácil y rápida,gracias al sistema EASYtouchTM

o a la regulación mediantepotenciómetro en los modelosmás económicos.

En la carcasa compacta de 50x 50 de tan sólo 15 mm degrosor, la serie S60 ofrecetodas las funciones ópticasmás desarrolladas, al mismotiempo que también todas lasfunciones universales dedetección. Los modelostambién están disponibles conemisión de láser, clase 1. Entrelos diferentes modelos seencuentran el reflex polarizadocon lente coaxial para ladetección de objetosreflectantes, incluyendotransparentes, el palpador consupresión de primer plano y/ode fondo, el sensor decontraste de luz blanca para ladetección de marcas de color,el sensor de luminiscencia conemisión UV y el sensor dedistancia con salida analógica.Existen la versión con conexiónpor cable o con conector M12de giro de 2 posiciones y consalida NPN o PNP conconfiguración normalizada.

Page 11: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

La nueva serie S2Z ofrece 4modelos con las funcionesópticas básicas: 50 m debarrera emisor-receptor, 7 m dereflex polarizado, 1 m depalpador de proximidad y 2 mde supresión de fondo.Versiones con voltaje encorriente continua de 10 a 30Vcc y modelos multitensión de24 a 240 Vca / 12 … 240 Vcc,disponibles con temporizador,ajustables de 0,1 a 5segundos. Las salidas puedentener un relé SPDT o untransistor de colector abierto dedoble salida NPN/PNP. Elbloque de conexión facilita lasconexiones y simplifica lainstalación. La carcasa plásticay robusta garantiza unaexcelente resistencia enentornos de trabajoespecialmente adversos.

NUEVA SERIE

9

NUEVAS PRESTACIONESNUEVA SERIE

La serie S62 ofrece máximasprestaciones para las principalesfunciones de detección óptica.Los modelos de supresión defondo tienen una alcance de 3 a30 cm, con un LED de luz rojavisible, o bien de 6-60, 6-120 y20-200 cm con una emisión LEDinfrarroja. Los modelos reflexpolarizados con LED de luz rojavisible tienen un alto alcance,llegando hasta 10 m, con graninmunidad contra reflejosprocedentes de otros objetosreflectantes. Las versiones conLED de luz roja visible estándisponibles tanto con unasupresión de fondo de 3-15 comotambién de 5-35 cm, con reflexpolarizado hasta 22 m y mediciónde distancia de 40-120 mm. Lossensores láser se caracterizanpor un punto de luz muy pequeñoy su bajo tiempo de respuesta, locual garantiza una excelentecapacidad de detección repetida.

En la carcasa compacta de metalde tan sólo 41x49x15 mm la serieS90 ofrece todas las funcionesópticas para aplicacionesespeciales y universales. Estaserie también está disponiblecon emisión de láser clase 1.Entre los distintos modelosdestacan el reflex polarizado conlente coaxial para detectarobjetos reflectantes, incluso sison transparentes, el palpadorcon supresión de primer planoy/o fondo, el sensor de contrastecon emisión de luz blanca para ladetección de marcas, el sensorde luminiscencia con emisión UVpara la detección de marcasfluorescentes así como modeloscon emisión láser paradetecciones de alta resolución.Para todos los modelos existenversiones con salida NPN o PNPy con conexión normalizada conconector M12 giratorio de cuatroposiciones.

Serie S62Supresión de fondo de altasprestaciones y reflex polarizado

- Sensores con emisión LED o láser - Supresión de fondo de 3 cm a 2 m- Reflex polarizado hasta 20 m - Sensor de distancia entre 40 a 120 mm - Salida NPN/PNP con configuración NO-NC

Serie S90Amplia gama de sensoresfotoeléctricos compactos encarcasa de metal- Supresión de fondo y reflex polarizado- Versiones con láser clase 1 para

largos alcances- Sensores de contraste y luminiscencia

de rayos UV- Carcasa de alta resistencia mecánica- Salida estándar de 4 cables NO-NC

NPN o PNP

Serie S2ZNueva serie de sensoresfotoeléctricos Maxi, ideal paraaplicaciones críticas - Funciones ópticas básicas- Protección mecánica IP67- Funciones de temporizador (ONE-

SHOT, ON/OFF, Delay)- Bloque de conexión con abrazaderas

de muelle para facilitar el cableado

Page 12: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S10

0…18 m

0.1…4 m

0.1…3 m

0.1…0.8 m

1…10 cm1…35 cm0…60 cm

14 mm

10…30

••

M18 x 55/67

latonado NIacero inoxidable AISI316L

IP69K

SERIE

0…12 m

0.1…4 m

0.1…3 m

0.1…0.8 m

1…10 cm1…35 cm0…60 cm

15 mm

0…85 mm

0…22 mm

10…3015…264

•••

(•)

••

M18 x 55/68

ABS

IP67

S5

II3

10

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS UNIVERSALES

Emisor/receptor

Reflex(en reflector R2)

Reflex polarizado (en reflector R2)

Reflex para transparentes (en reflector R2)

Palpador directo

Palpador focalizado

Palpador con supresión de fondo

Palpador consupresión de primer plano

Sensor de distancia

Emisor/receptor de fibra óptica

Palpadorde fibra óptica

Tubulares

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorpig-tail

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

ALC

AN

CE

SD

AT

OS

CN

ICO

S

Page 13: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S15

0…20 m

0.1…4 m

0.1…3 m

1…10 cm1…35 cm

12…30

••

•M18 x 40

ABS

IP69K

11

Page 14: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S50 S51

0…20 m

0.1…4 m

0.1…3 m

0…10 cm1…45 cm

10…30

••

••

M18 x 55/68

PBTlatonado NI

IP67

0…25 m0…60 m

0.1…4 m

0.1…4 m0.1…16 m

0.1…1.3 m

10 cm

5…10 cm

4…10 cm

5…10 cm

0…100 mm

0…30 mm

10…30

••

0…10 V••

M18 x 55/68

PBTlatonado NI

IP67

cl.1

cl.1

cl.1

SERIE

0…10 cm0…40 cm0…70 cm0…35 cm

II3

12

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS UNIVERSALES

Emisor/receptor

Reflex(en reflector R2)

Reflex polarizado (en reflector R2)

Reflex para transparentes (en reflector R2)

Palpador directo

Palpador focalizado

Palpador con supresión de fondo

Palpador consupresión de primer plano

Sensor de distancia

Emisor/receptor de fibra óptica

Palpadorde fibra óptica

Tubulares

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

ALC

AN

CE

SD

AT

OS

CN

ICO

S

Page 15: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

0…60 m

0.03…12 m

0…35 cm

10…30

M18 x 66

ABS

IP67

2…10 cm4…12 cm

10…30

••

••

M18 x 100 (SDS5)M18 x 80 (SDS10)

ABS (SDS5)latonado NI (SDS10)

IP67

SDS SL5

cl.1

cl.1

cl.1

13

Page 16: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

1414

0…2 m

5…150 cm

10…100 cm

10…30

••

8 x 23 x 12

policarbonato

IP67

0.1…6 m

0.1…3 m

0.1…2.5 m0.1…6 m

0.1…0.7 m

0.5…30 cm4…15 cm

1.5…10 cm2…6 cm

10…30

••

••

12 x 32 x 20

ABS

IP67

SERIE SMall S40

cl.2

cl.2

cl.2

3…15 mm 3…20 mm3…30 mm3…50 mm

Sensores miniatura y sensores de fibra óptica

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS UNIVERSALES

Emisor/receptor

Reflex(en reflector R2)

Reflex polarizado (en reflector R2)

Reflex para transparentes (en reflector R2)

Palpador directo

Palpador focalizado

Palpador con supresión de fondo

Palpador consupresión de primer plano

Sensor de distancia

Emisor/receptor de fibra óptica

Palpadorde fibra óptica

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

ALC

AN

CE

SD

AT

OS

CN

ICO

S

Page 17: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

1515

0.1…6 m

0.1…2.5 m

0.1…0.7 m

0.2…35 cm

110 mm

10…30

••

••

12 x 32 x 20

ABS

IP67

S41

Page 18: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

0…15 m

0.05…4 m

0…70 cm5…15 cm

5…25 cm

10…30

••

••

11 x 31 x 19

PC/PBT

IP67

S3Z

0…5 m

0.1…2.5 m

0.1…2 m

0.2…0.8 m

0…10 cm0…50 cm

12 mm

0…110 mm

0…33 mm

10…30

••

13 x 42 x 29

ABS

IP66

S3SERIE

16

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS UNIVERSALES

Sensores miniatura y sensores de fibra óptica

Emisor/receptor

Reflex(en reflector R2)

Reflex polarizado (en reflector R2)

Reflex para transparentes (en reflector R2)

Palpador directo

Palpador focalizado

Palpador con supresión de fondo

Palpador consupresión de primer plano

Sensor de distancia

Emisor/receptor de fibra óptica

Palpadorde fibra óptica

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

ALC

AN

CE

SD

AT

OS

CN

ICO

S

Page 19: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

0...300 mm0...150 mm0...75 mm

0...100 mm0...50 mm0...25 mm

12...24

••

••

10 x 40 x 65

ABS

IP65IP50 (vers. potenciómetro)

S7S8

0…10 m0.1…5 m

0…0.8 m

0…50 cm

2...20 cm5…30 cm

12…30

••

••

14 x 42 x 25

ABS

IP67

cl.2

cl.2

17

Page 20: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

0…20 m0…60 m

0…3.2 m (coaxial)0.1…6.5 m0.1…20 m

0…1.7 m (coaxial)

1…100 cm5…200 cm0…60 cm

7…20 cm5…10 cm

7…20 cm

5…15 cm

10…30

••

0…10 V••

15 x 50 x 50

ABS

IP67

SERIE S60

cl.1

cl.1

cl.1

cl.1

Sensores compactos

0…20 m

0.1…6 m

0.1…5 m

0.1…1 m

1…90 cm5…200 cm

0.1…10 cm3…25 cm

10…50 cm

5…20 cm

10…30

15…264•

••

••

18 x 50 x 50

ABS

IP65

S6

18

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS UNIVERSALES

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

ALC

AN

CE

SD

AT

OS

CN

ICO

S

Emisor/receptor

Reflex(en reflector R2)

Reflex polarizado (en reflector R2)

Reflex para transparentes (en reflector R2)

Palpador directo

Palpador focalizado

Palpador con supresión de fondo

Palpador consupresión de primer plano

Sensor de distancia

Emisor/receptor de fibra óptica

Palpadorde fibra óptica

Page 21: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

0.5…8.5 m0.3…20 m

30…300 mm60…600 mm

60…1200 mm200…2000 mm

30…150 mm50…350 mm

80 ± 40 mm

10…30

••

••

18 x 50 x 50

ABS

IP67

S62 S90

cl.2

cl.2

cl.2

0…20 m0…60 m

0…3.2 m (coaxial) 0.1…6.5 m0.1…20 m

0…1.7 m (coaxial)

1…100 cm5…200 cm0…60 cm

7…20 cm5…10 cm

7…20 cm

10…30

••

15 x 50 x 41

zama

IP67

cl.1

cl.1

cl.1

cl.1

cl.2

19

Page 22: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S2

0…10 m0…50 m

0.1…5 m

0.1…3 m

1…90 cm1…200 cm

10…30

15…264

••

•26 x 58 x 85

PBT

IP66

SERIE

Sensores grandes

0…50 m

0.2…7 m

0…1 m

20…200 cm

12…24

12…240••

•25 x 67.5 x 90

PBT

IP67

S2Z

20

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS UNIVERSALES

Emisor/receptor

Reflex(en reflector R2)

Reflex polarizado (en reflector R2)

Reflex para transparentes (en reflector R2)

Palpador directo

Palpador focalizado

Palpador con supresión de fondo

Palpador consupresión de primer plano

Sensor de distancia

Emisor/receptor de fibra óptica

Palpadorde fibra óptica

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

ALC

AN

CE

SD

AT

OS

CN

ICO

S

Page 23: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

0.1…50 m

0.1…8 m

0.1…2 m

10…50 cm

10…30

••

26 x 65 x 55

ABS

IP66

S20 S30

0…50 m

0.1…10 m

0.05…2 m

20…110 cm

10…30

17…264•

••

••

32 x 85 x 73

policarbonato

IP67

21

Page 24: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

22

SENSORESPARA APLICACIONES

Serie SR21 Sensores de herradura en μμPen formato 2 mm paraetiquetado y embalaje

- Alta frecuencia de conmutación de 25 kHz- Modelos con luz infrarroja o luz rojo/verde- Detección de etiquetas semi-

transparentes- Detección de marcas de color en

transparencias- Salida doble de 4 cables NPN y PNP

Serie LD46Nueva línea de sensores deluminiscencia en carcasasstandard de metal

- LED de emisión UV de altasprestaciones

-Alta sensibilidad para marcasfluorescentes

- Distancia de detección de 10 - 100 mm-Frecuencia de conmutación de 2 kHz - Salidas analógicas 0-5 V y NPN/PNP

Serie LD50 Nueva línea de sensores deluminiscencia en carcasas deplástico innovadoras

- LED de emisión UV de altasprestaciones

- Carcasa de plástico innovadora - Distancia de detección 10 mm - Frecuencia de conmutación 2 kHz - Salidas bipolares NPN y PNP

NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVA SERIENUEVA SERIE

Los sensores de herradura dela serie SR21, con un anchode ranura de 2 mm, destacanpor su elevada resolución de12 bit (4096 puntos de ajuste)y por su bajo t iempo derespuesta de tan sólo 20 ms,equivalentes a una frecuenciade conmutación de 25 kHz. Laprogramación del umbral deconmutación se realizaautomáticamente con la simpleactivación de una tecla, o en lamodalidad dinámica durante eldesplazamiento de lasetiquetas u otras referencias adetectar. El modelo SR21-IRcon emisión de luz infrarrojaes apropiado para la detecciónde etiquetas o agujeros endiferentes superficies,mientras que el modelo SR21-RG con doble emisión de luzroja o verde es apropiado parala detección de marcas decolor en películastransparentes en el proceso deembalaje automático.

La nueva serie LD46 desensores de luminiscencia conLED de emisión UV, conalcances de entre 10 a 100mm, ofrece diferentes modelosideales para aplicacionestípicas en la industria. Para laindustria cerámica, se disponede un modelo capaz dedetectar marcas fluorescentes,incluyendo líneas finas o noclaramente marcadas, inclusoen baldosas reflectantes.Modelos de altas prestacionespara la detección de marcasluminiscentes para alcancesmás altos, incluso ensuperficies muy irregulares,están disponibles para lamaquinaria para trabajar lamadera. También se ofreceotro modelo, especialmentedesarrollado para la industriafarmacéutica, para ladetección de etiquetas enfrascos de vidrio u hojas depapel en embalajesfarmacéuticos.

La nueva serie LD50 de sensoresde luminiscencia con LED deemisión UV ha sido desarrolladacomo la solución más eficaz a nivelde coste con altas prestaciones delectura y diseño innovador. ElLD50 está especialmente indicadoen aplicaciones en máquinascompactas, donde sólo se disponede un espacio limitado. La carcasacompacta de plástico asegura suintegración fácil y flexible enmuchos entornos diferentes.Aplicaciones típicas para el LD50se encuentran en la industriafarmacéutica y cosmética paradetectar etiquetas en frascos, o enel empaquetado automático paradetectar papel blanqueado omanchas fluorescentes. Elconector M12 de 4 polos ofreceuna conexión sencilla y rápida.

Page 25: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

23

NUEVA SERIE

Serie TL46Nueva línea de sensores decontraste en carcasas standardde metal

- LED de emisión RGB de amplioespectro

- Versión básica, standard o ampliada - Autoajuste manual y dinámico - Frecuencia de conmutación de 30 kHz -Salidas analógicas 0-5V y NPN/PNP

Serie TL50 Nueva línea de sensores decontraste en carcasa deplástico innovadora

- LED de emisión RGB de amplioespectro

- Alcance de 9 mm - Autoajuste automático - Frecuencia de conmutación de 15 kHz - Salidas bipolares NPN y PNP

Serie AS1Minibarreras fotoeléctricasAREAsensor™ de altaresolución

- Sensores de área de rayos cruzados- Altura controlada 100 mm- Alcance hasta 3 m- Objeto mínimo detectable 0.2x75 mm- Salida PNP y ajuste del modo Scan

mode

NUEVA SERIENUEVA SERIE

La nueva línea de sensores decontraste de la serie TL46 estádisponible en 3 versionesdiferentes. La versión básicaTL46-W sólo tiene un botón deajuste, 2 indicadores LED yunas prestaciones optimizadaspara conseguir un rendimientomáximo al precio máscompetit ivo. La versiónstandard TL46-WL de metaltiene 3 botones de control yuna barra de indicación para elajuste manual o automático delos límites, con un excelenterendimiento que alcanza unaresolución de contrastemáxima para la escala del griso de colores, con unafrecuencia de conmutación de20 kHz. La versión ampliadaTL46-WLF ofrece además undisplay de 4 dígitos, con elcual es posible ajustar lasfunciones más avanzadas,consiguiendo un rendimientomáximo, tal como por ejemplouna frecuencia deconmutación de 30 kHz.

Los sensores de contraste sehan convertido en un elementoesencial de los procesos deproducción automáticos. Seutilizan para la detección segu-ra de todo tipo de diferenciasen contrastes. Con un autoa-juste estático de 2 puntos(marca y fondo), el TL50 seajusta directamente en el sen-sor mediante el botón deautoajuste. La emisión RGB(roja, verde y azul) garantizauna seguridad máxima dedetección. Para cada opera-ción de ajuste, el sensor selec-ciona independientemente cuálde los tres diodos de emisióndeberá usar. El diseño com-pacto es la alternativa a precioóptimo para las aplicacionesstandard con buenas presta-ciones de lectura. La carcasacompacta de plástico asegurasu integración fácil y flexible enmuchos entornos de maquina-ria diferentes.

Las minibarreras fotoeléctricasAREAsensorTM de la serie AS1,son sensores de área de rayoscruzados que detectancualquier objeto, condimensiones de hasta 0,2x75mm, dentro de una altura de100 mm y una distancia dehasta 3 m entre el emisor y elreceptor. Los sensores de áreaAS1 son la solución ideal parala detección de objetos, inclusomuy pequeños, que puedenaparecer en distintasposiciones dentro del áreacontrolada. Las barreras ultra-compactas AS1 se prestanperfectamente para el uso enlíneas de cintas o rodil lostransportadores rápidos, asícomo al principio y final delíneas de carga y descargapara la detección y el recuentode objetos, incluso en posiciónirregular.

Page 26: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE

2 mm

40 mm

10 kHz

LED IR

potenciómetro

24 ± 15%

••

14 x 68 x 37

aluminio

IP60

SR21 SR22

2 mm

50 mm

25 kHz

LED IRLED rojo / verde

tecla AUTO-SET

10…30

••

20 x 90 x 26

zama

IP65

SENSORESPARA APLICACIONES

24

Sensor de herradura

Profundidad ranura

Frecuencia de conmutación

Emisión luminosa

Programación

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPreléotros

Conexión cableconectorbloque terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Sensores de herradura

Page 27: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SRF-50 SRF-80 SRF-120SRF-30

30 mm

34 mm

1.5 kHz3 kHz

LED rojoLaser rojo

potenciómetro

10…30

••

10 x 50 x 59

aluminio

IP65

120 mm

54 mm

1.5 kHz3 kHz

LED rojoLaser rojo

potenciómetro

10…30

••

10 x140 x 84

aluminio

IP65

50 mm

54 mm

1.5 kHz3 kHz

LED rojoLaser rojo

potenciómetro

10…30

••

10 x 70 x 79

aluminio

IP65

80 mm

54 mm

1.5 kHz3 kHz

LED rojoLaser rojo

potenciómetro

10…30

••

10 x 100 x 79

aluminio

IP65

cl.2

cl.2

cl.2

cl.2

cl.2

cl.2

cl.2

cl.2

25

Page 28: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

10…100 mm

2 kHz

LED UV-HP

botones de control SET +/-

15…30

0…5 V••

31 x 81 x 58

aluminio

IP67

10…100 mm

0...30 mm

2 kHz

LED UV

botones de control MARK y BACKGROUND

10…30

••

0…7 V••

31 x 81 x 58

zama

IP67

SERIE LDμμ LD46

SENSORESPARA APLICACIONES

26

Sensor de luminiscencia

Sensor de luminiscencia con fibra óptica

Frecuencia de conmutación

Emisión de luz

Ajuste

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

Sensores de luminiscencia

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Page 29: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

LD50 S90-U S60-U S50-U

0…40 mm

2 kHz

LED UV

boton de control SET

10…30

••

15 x 50 x 41

zama

IP67

0…40 mm

2 kHz

LED UV

boton de control SET

10…30

••

••

15 x 50 x 50

ABS

IP67

8…20 mm

1 kHz

LED UV

boton de control SET

10…30

••

••

M18 x 55/68

PBTNI plated brass

IP67

0…60 mm

2 kHz

LED UV-HP

botones de control +/-

15…30

31 x 81 x 53

ABS

IP67

27

Page 30: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE

6…60 mm

15 kHz20 kHz30 kHz

LED RGB

botones de control SET +/-

10…30

0…5 V••

31 x 81 x 58

aluminio

IP67

6…60 mm

0…3 mm0…10 mm

10 kHz20 kHz

LED rojo/verdeLED blanco

botones de control MARK y BACKGROUND

10…30

••

0…5 V••

31 x 81 x 58

zama

IP67

TLμμ TL46

SENSORESPARA APLICACIONES

28

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorpig-tail

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

Sensor de contraste

Sensor de contraste con fibra óptica

Sensor de color

Frecuencia de conmutación

Emisión de luz

Interface de serie

Ajuste

Sensores de contraste y color

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Page 31: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S65-V

5…45 mm

1.5 kHz (V09 vers.)500 Hz (V19 vers.)

LED RGB

RS485

botones de control SET y SEL

10…30

••

50 x 50 x 25

ABS

IP67

12…20 mm

30 kHz

LED blanco

RS485

botones de control SET +/-

10…30

••

0…5 V

50 x 50 x 25

ABS

IP67

9 mm

15 kHz

LED RGB

botones de control MARK y BACKGROUND

10…30

31 x 81 x 53

ABS

IP67

TL50 S65-W S8-W

10 mm

10 kHz

LED RGB

Teach-in

12…30

••

••

14 x 42 x 25

ABS

IP67

29

Page 32: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE

100 mm

0.2 x 200 mm Ø18 mm

500 Hz

LED IR

0.3...1.9 m0.8...3 m

10…30

20 x 41 x 150

aluminio

IP67

AS1-HR AS1-SR

100 mm

0.2 x 75 mm Ø 6 mm

500 Hz

LED IR

0.3...1.9 m0.8...3 m

10…30

20 x 41 x 150

aluminio

IP67

SENSORESPARA APLICACIONES

30

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Sensores de área

Sensor de área

Sensor de línea

Precisión

Resolución

Frecuencia de conmutación

Emisión luminosa

Interface de serie

Alcance

Page 33: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

150 mm

0.9 mm

0.15 mm

>130 Hz

LED IR

RS485

200 mm

10…30

••

4…20 mA

25 x 50 x 50

ABS

IP67

S65-Z

31

Page 34: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SENSORES FOTOELÉCTRICOS

32

Reflectores para ser utilizadosjunto con los sensoresfotoeléctricos con reflex deemisión de luz infrarroja ovisible roja, también polarizada.Amp l ia gama ded imens iones , fo rmas yfijaciones.

- Reflectores estándar R2 y R5 de 48mm y 75 mm de diámetrorespectivamente.

- Reflectores R4 y R6 de alta eficaciapara el uso con mayores alcances.

- Reflectores R7, R8 y R20 demicroprismas para sensores deemisión láser para las detecciones dealta resolución.Protección IP 67 y temperatura deservicio de –30°C hasta 70°C.

- Película reflectante autoadhesiva,recortable según la forma y lasdimensiones deseadas, también enversión para luz polarizada.

Gama completa de fibrasópticas de plástico parafunciones de emisor/receptor ypalpador, también coaxial.Terminales recortables yconectables a sensores quelleven los agujeros de conexióncorrespondientes de 2,2 mm dediámetro. La gama ofrecelentes de focalización ydesviación, protectoresmetálicos, adaptadores de 1 a2,2 mm de diámetro y unaherramienta para cortar la fibra.

- Fibras para altas temperaturas hasta125°C.

- Fibras de alta flexibilidad con rayosdesviados de solo 2 mm.

- Fibras de alta eficacia, con cable enespiral extensible hasta 2 m y cablefino de 1 mm de diámetro exterior.

Fibras ópticas de versiónavanzada para aplicacionescríticas. Todas las fibras tienenterminales recortables. Serecomiendan para el uso consensores de alta resolución dela serie S7.

- Fibras con alineación de fibras enrayos paralelos para la detección conpalpador o emisor/receptor.

- Fibras de palpador focalizado conlente axial, radial o lateral, también sepuede utilizar la supresión de fondo.

- Versión de palpador con lente a 90°i n t eg rada en un d i áme t ro de3,8 mm.

SERIE R SERIE OF SERIES OFA

Accesorios

Reflectores Fibras ópticas universales

Fibras ópticas paraaplicaciones específicas

Page 35: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

33

Todos los conectores vienenprecableados con configuraciónnormalizada de 4 polos concable de 3, 5, 7 o 10 metros delongitud.Conectores M12 disponiblestambién con configuraciónnormalizada de 3 polos NO ocon LED amarillo de indicaciónpara salidas tipo PNP y LEDverde para la alimentación.Carcasa del conector deplástico PUR y cable de PVCcon grado de autoextinción,según la norma CEI 20-22.

Gama completa de soportes defi jación para sensoresuniversales.Soportes de plástico o metalpara sensores tubulares M18fijos o con regulación del ejeóptico del sensor hasta unángulo de 15° en todas lasdirecciones.Elevada resistencia a golpes yvibraciones.

Alimentadores para sensoresfotoeléctricos de baja tensión ofinal de carrera inductivos ocapacitativos.

- Posibilidad de configurar las señalesde salida con funciones lógicas y detemporización.

- Ajuste individual o doble paraNPN/PNP, relé o sensores analógicos 0-10V.

- Función de temporización: retardo ONy/o OFF, monoestable, biestable.

- Panel de mandos con potenciómetropara la regulación de la sensibilidadde los ajustes y la temporización,también contiene LED's indicativos dela alimentación y del estado de losajustes y las salidas.

SERIE CS SERIE ST SERIE PSCU

Conectores Soportes de fijación Alimentadores

Page 36: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

34

SENSORES DE PROXIMIDADINDUCTIVOS

NUEVOS MODELOS

Los sensores inductivosrepresentan una solucióncomplementaria a los sensoresfotoeléctricos en aplicacionesbasadas en la reflexión ytransmisión selectiva de la luz.Mediante la aplicación detensión al equipo se crea uncampo magnético alternante,generado por una bobinaosciladora delante de susuperficie óptica activa. Si unobjeto metálico (hierro,aluminio, cobre, latón, etc.)penetra en este campo,disminuye la velocidad deloscilador e invierte el umbralde disparo causando uncambio de estado de la salida.Los sensores inductivospueden ser uti l izados, porejemplo, en la detección sincontacto de elementosexclusivamente metálicos.

Serie ISSensores de proximidadinductivos

- Carcasas tubulares M4 a M30- Versiones en acero inoxidable AISI 316L- Distancia de detección 1 a 20 mm- 10-30 Vcc, versiones de 2, 3 o 4

cables con configuración NPN/PNP- 24-230 Vca, versiones de 2 cables

Page 37: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

35

Alcance

Repetibilidad

Histéresis

Ondulación

Frecuencia de conmutación

Indicadores

0.8 mm

≤ 1%

< 10%

≥ 10%

2000 Hz

LED amarillo

10 … 30, 3 cables

••

Estándar

Acero inoxidable AISI-316L

IP67

2 mm, modelos blindados3 mm, modelos no blindados

≤ 3%

< 10%

≥ 10%

1000 Hz

LED amarillo

10 … 30, 3 cables

•••

EstándarCorto

Latón niquelado

IP67

SERIE M4/M5 M8

Sensores de proximidad inductivos

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Alimentación VccVcaVca/Vcc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

Page 38: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

36

Sensores de proximidad inductivos

Alcance

Repetibilidad

Histéresis

Ondulación

Frecuencia de conmutación

Indicadores

Tensión de alimentación VccVcaVca/Vcc

Salida 2 cables NA/NC3 cables NPN/PNP NA/NC4 cables NPN/PNPNA+NC4 cables, programablesOtros

Conexiones CableConector M8Conector M12

Carcasa

Material de la carcasa

Protección mecánica

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

2 mm, modelos blindados3 mm, modelos no blindados

≤ 3%

< 10%

≥ 10%

500 Hz

LED amarillo

10 ... 30, 2 cables

•••

EstándarCorto

Latón niquelado

IP67

2 mm, modelos blindados4 mm, modelos no blindados

≤ 3%

< 10%

≥ 10%

1000 Hz

LED amarillo

10 ... 30, 2, 3 and 4 cables

••••

•••

EstándarCorto

Latón niqueladoAcero inoxidable AISI-316L

IP67

SERIE M8 2X M12

SENSORES DE PROXIMIDADINDUCTIVOS

Page 39: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

37

5 mm, modelos blindados8 mm, modelos no blindados

≤ 3%

< 10%

≥ 10%

1000 Hz

LED amarillo

10 ... 30, 2, 3 and 4 cables

••••

•••

EstándarCorto

Latón niqueladoAcero inoxidable AISI-316L

IP67

M18 2X4 mm, modelos blindados

8 mm, modelos no blindados

≤ 3%

< 10%

≥ 10%

500 Hz

LED amarillo

10 ... 30, 2, 3 and 4 cables

••••

•••

EstándarCorto

Latón niqueladoAcero inoxidable AISI-316L

IP67

M188 mm, modelos blindados

14 mm, modelos no blindados

≤ 3%

< 10%

≥ 10%

400 Hz

LED amarillo

10 ... 30, 2, 3 and 4 cables

••••

•••

EstándarCorto

Latón niqueladoAcero inoxidable AISI-316L

IP67

M12 2X

Page 40: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

38

Sensores de proximidad inductivos

Alcance

Repetibilidad

Histéresis

Ondulación

Frecuencia de conmutación

Indicadores

Tensión de alimentación VccVcaVca/Vcc

Salida 2 cables NA/NC3 cables NPN/PNP NA/NC4 cables NPN/PNPNA+NC4 cables, programablesOtros

Conexiones CableConector M8Conector M12

Carcasa

Material de la carcasa

Protección mecánica

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

10 mm, modelos blindados15 mm, modelos no blindados

≤ 3%

< 10%

≥ 10%

300 Hz

LED amarillo

10 ... 30, 2,3 and 4 cables

••••

•••

EstándarCorto

Latón niquelado

IP67

15 mm, modelos blindados20 mm, modelos no blindados

≤ 3%

< 10%

≥ 10%

200 Hz

LED amarillo

10 ... 30, 2,3 and 4 cables

••••

•••

EstándarCorto

Latón niquelado

IP67

SERIE M30 M30 2X

SENSORES DE PROXIMIDADINDUCTIVOS

Page 41: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

39

Page 42: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

40

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE MEDICIÓN

Serie DS1Barreras de medida y detecciónAREAscan™ con salidaanalógica- Medida de dimensiones o posición de

objetos- Resolución 4 mm y tiempo de respuesta 1 ms- Alturas controladas de 100 a 300 mm- Alcance hasta 4 m- Salidas PNP y analógica 0-10 V

Serie DS2Barreras de medida ydetección AREAscan™ coninterface de serie- Manipulación automática de material- Versiones con resolución 6 o 25 mm- Alturas controladas de 150 a 1650 mm- Alcance hasta 10 m- Salida PNP, 0-10 V y de serie RS485

Serie USSensores ultrasonido

- Carcasa tubular estándar M18 o M30- Emisión axial o radial- Salidas digitales NPN y PNP- Salidas analógicas 4-20 mA o 0-10 V- Alta resolución

NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVAS PRESTACIONESNUEVOS MODELOS

Las barreras AREAscanTM de laserie DS1 son barrerascompactas de múltiples rayosaptas para la detección ymedida de las dimensiones o laposición de un objeto. Estándisponibles en modelos conaltura controlada de 100, 150 o300 mm, resolución de medidade 4 mm y alcance de hasta 4m. La electrónica estácompletamente integrada enlas barreras, por lo tanto no esnecesario ningún controlexterno. La medida se realiza através de la salida analógica de0 a 10 V de forma proporcionalal número de rayosinterrumpidos, mientras que lasalida PNP se activa cada vezque se interrumpe por lomenos un rayo entre el emisory receptor. El bajo tiempo derespuesta, de 1 a menos de 3ms, según la altura y laresolución de medida, permitesu instalación incluso enmáquinas y procesos muyrápidos.

La familia AREAscanTM de laserie DS2 abarca alturascontroladas de 15 a 165 cm,con alcances de 5 m para lasversiones con resolución de 6mm o 10 m para las versionescon resolución de 25 mm. Laconfiguración de medida puedeser programada manualmente,gracias a selectores internos opor medio de un interfacegráfico desde un PC externocon puerto de serie. Una vezcargado el programa en lamemoria flash, el dispositivooperará en el modo stand-alone. El interface de seriepermite también transmitir losdatos medidos en códigobinario o ASCII, controlar elestado de funcionamiento yprogramar distintos valores develocidad de transmisión. Lasbarreras DS2 están previstaspara aplicaciones de mediciónde alturas o dimensiones engeneral durante eldesplazamiento automático dematerial.

La gama de sensores ultrasonidoM18 y M30 de la serie US ofreceversiones con emisión acústicaradial o axial para los modelosM18 y sólo radial para losmodelos M30, con salida digitalNPN/PNP o analógica 4-20 mA /0-10 V. Las principalescaracterísticas son su bajo tiempode respuesta de sólo 5 ms y sualta resolución de hasta 0,5 mm.Los sensores son ajustables auna o más distancias utilizando elpulsador autoajuste para el controlde distancia o presencia de hasta2000 mm, con supresión de fondoy de primer plano. Los sensoresde ultrasonido detectan todos loselementos, independientementede su transparencia, color y tipode material no fonoabsorbente,tanto en aplicaciones de embalajeautomático como también en laindustria automovilística ymanufacturera en general.

Page 43: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

41

Serie S80Sensores de distancia conmedida del tiempo de telémetroy emisión láser

- Emisión Láser visible rojo de clase 2- Medición por palpador directo hasta 4 o

7 m- Medición por reflex hasta 20 o 100 m- Alta precisión y velocidad de medida- Salida NPN/PNP, de 4-20 mA y de serie

RS485

Serie S81Sensor de distancia de óptimarelación coste-prestaciones

- Emisión láser de luz roja visible de laclase 2

-Carcasa de plástico y lentes - Medición por palpador directo hasta 4 m - 2 salidas digitales PNP/NPN - Una salida analógica 0-10 V o salida

de alarma

Serie S62-YSensor de distancia de altaresolución

- Alcance 80 ± 40 mm - Resolución hasta 8 μm- Linealidad <0,1%- Oscilaciones de temperatura < 10 μm/Cº- Punto de 0,5 x 1 mm a la distancia

de focalización

NUEVAS PRESTACIONES NUEVA SERIE NUEVOS MODELOS

Los sensores de distancia de laserie S80 se basan en latecnología del telémetro que semide entre la emisión y larecepción de impulsos láser declase 2. Los sensores S80-Y0 yYL0 funcionan con palpadordirecto hasta 4 m, o de formaescalonada hasta 7 m, para ladeterminación de la posición obien detección de objetos, consupresión de fondo de dobleumbral y altos alcances. Lossensores S80-Y1 y Y2, conalcances de hasta 20 o 100 m,funcionan con reflex que midenla distancia desde el reflectorhasta el objeto a detectar, paraaplicaciones deposicionamiento en depósitosautomáticos o líneas condesplazamiento automático engeneral. Existen dos salidasNPN o PNP programables adistintas distancias. La medidase transmite a través de lasalida 4-20 mA, el puerto deserie RS485 y display de 4dígitos al panel del sensor.

La serie S81 es la línea de óptimarelación coste-prestaciones para lossensores de medición de distancia. ElS81 se basa en la tecnología deltelémetro que garantiza una altaprecisión y velocidad de medición. ElS81 trabaja como un sensor deproximidad directa hasta 4 m para elposicionamiento de un objeto o lasupresión de fondo a larga distancia.El ajuste del sensor es muy rápidogracias a dos botones, uno por cadasalida digital. El producto estádisponible en dos modelos diferentes:uno ofrece una salida analógicaproporcional al resultado de lamedición de distancia, el otro permiteal usuario recibir una señal de alarmasegún las condiciones defuncionamiento de la lente. La versiónS81-Y tiene una salida analógica 0-10V regulable, la cual permiteconfigurar la distancia mínima ymáxima de ejecución, además deasociar el mínimo y máximo voltaje.La serie S81 ofrece una solucióncompetitiva para almacenesautomáticos, controles de acceso, laindustria de la madera y aplicacionesen parkings.

La nueva serie S62-Y, basadaen la tecnología de latriangulación óptica, ofreceuna medición de distancia dealta precisión. La emisión deluz es un láser rojo de la clase2, y el receptor está basado enun componente CCD quegarantiza una alta inmunidadcontra las reflexiones típicasde objetos brillantes y nouniformes. El S62-Y estáespecialmente indicado paraaplicaciones muy rápidas dehasta 1 kHz. El resultado de lamedición se obtiene gracias alas salidas analógicas de 4-20mA o 0-10 V o el puerto deserie RS485. El protocolo deserie también permite unajuste remoto del equipo através del PC con el interfaceGraphic User. Las aplicacionestípicas se encuentran en laindustria de la madera para elcontrol de los productoselaborados, en la industriametalúrgica, en elposicionamiento en cadenasde montaje y en aplicacionesde completaje de piezas.

Page 44: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Barrera de medición (altura controlada)

Sensor de línea (altura controlada)

Sensor de ultrasonido

Resolución

Número de rayos

Emisión luminosa

Tiempo de respuesta

Interface de serie

Programación

Alcance

Histéresis

100…300 mm

4...10 mm

16…48

IR

1…2.75 ms

Potenciómetro

0.15...0.8 m 0.15...2.1 m

0.2...4 m

24

0. . . 10 V

M12 4 polos para TX / M12 5 polos para RX

20 x 41

aluminio

IP65

150…1650 mm

6/25 mm

21…231 (res=6mm)18…36 (res=25mm)

IR

5…90 ms

RS485

Interruptores DIPInterfaz gráfica

0.3...5 m

24

0. . . 10 V

M12 4 polos para TX / M12 8 polos para RX

35 x 40

aluminio

IP65

SERIE DS1 DS2

Haces cruzados, sensoresde línea y ultrasonido

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE MEDICIÓN

42

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

Page 45: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

150…600 mm

0.5/0.8 mm (rayos cruzados)6 mm (rayos paralelos)

24. . .96

IR

3…12 ms (rayos cruzados)23…92 ms (rayos paralelos)

Autoajuste

0.2...1.5 m

24

0. . . 10 V

M12 4 polos para TX / M12 8 polos para RX

35 x 40

aluminio

IP65

DS3 S65-Z

150 mm

0.15 mm

1(reflex)

IR

3.8 ms

RS485

Teach-in

200 mm

10…30

4…20mA

M12 8 polos

25 x 50 x 50

ABS

IP67

US18

43

± 1 mm (2.5 ms)± 0.5 mm (30 ms)

Teach-in

30 ... 300 mm

0.7 mm

10…30

4…20mA / 0 ... 10 V

M12 5-polig

18x91 (axial)18x95 (radial)

Poliéster

IP67

0,1 % de distancia

Teach-in

200 ... 1000 mm300 ... 2000 mm

2 mm

10…30

4…20mA / 0 ... 10 V

M12 5 polos

30 x 63.6 x 45

Poliéster

IP67

US30

Page 46: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

0.3. . . 4 m

0.9 mm

0.3 %

100 Hz (Normal)500 Hz (Fast)

Láser rojo

5 ms (Normal)1 ms (Fast)

RS485

Autoajuste

15. . . 30

4…20 mA

M12 8 polos

34 x 90 x 73

aluminio

IP67

0.3. . . 7 m

0.4 mm

0.3 %

100 Hz

Láser rojo

5 ms

RS485

Autoajuste

15. . . 30

4…20 mA

M12 8 polos

34 x 90 x 73

aluminio

IP67

SERIE

cl.2 cl.2

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE MEDICIÓN

S80-Y0 S80-YL0

44

Sensores de distancia

Sensor de distancia

Resolución digital

Linealidad

Frecuencia de conmutación

Emisión luminosa

Tiempo de respuesta

Interface de serie

Programación

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Page 47: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

0.3. . . 100.3 m(en reflectores R80)

6 mm

0.15 %

100 Hz (Normal)500 Hz (Fast)

Láser rojo

5 ms (Normal)1 ms (Fast)

RS485

Autoajuste

15. . . 30

4…20 mA

M12 8 polos

34 x 90 x 73

aluminio

IP67

0.3. . . 20.3 m(en reflectores R80)

0.6 mm

0.25 %

100 Hz (Normal)500 Hz (Fast)

Láser rojo

5 ms (Normal)1 ms (Fast)

RS485

Autoajuste

15. . . 30

4…20 mA

M12 8 polos

34 x 90 x 73

aluminio

IP67

80 ± 40 mm

< 50 μm

< 0.1%

1 KHz

Láser rojo

1 ms

RS485

Autoajuste

12…24

0…10 V o 4...20 mA

M12 8 polos

18 x 50 x 50

ABS

IP67

cl.2 cl.2

0.3…4 m

0.9 mm

80 Hz

Láser rojo

6 ms

Autoajuste

30 mm (Modelos M)

15…30

••

0…10 V

M12 5 polos

58 x 31 x 31

ABS

IP67

cl.2 cl.2

S81S80-Y2 S62-YS80-Y1

45

Page 48: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

46

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE INSPECCIÓN

Serie SVS1 El sensor de visión plug-and-play más rápido

- Sensor de visión compacto- Rápido ajuste mediante unidad VSC - No se necesita PC - Monitorización a tiempo real - Inspección con control individual

Serie SVS2 El sensor stand alone convisión de extrema precisión

- Ajuste flexible mediante PC - Conexión Ethernet - Herramientas de reconocimiento o

identificación de objetos - 360° pattern matching - Inspecciones de control múltiple

Serie SCS1 Sensor de cámara de visiónartificial de aplicación universal

- Sensor de imágenes CMOS 640x480 - Iluminador integrado o externo - Medición, control e inspección - OCR/OCV, DataMatrix y código de

barras - Puerto Ethernet y RS232 / RS485

La serie SVS1 es la solución másfácil para aplicaciones de visión enmaquinaria. El SVS1 se basa en elconcepto de un sensor de visióncompacto totalmente integrado en lamáquina. El ajuste es muy rápido eintuitivo, gracias a la unidad VSC, launidad de configuración externa conun display de color de 3,5” y susbotones de control. No se necesitaPC para la configuración. Elprocesamiento de la imagen serealiza por completo dentro delmismo sensor, que es capaz detrabajar en el modo stand alonedespués del ajuste. La unidad VSCpuede suministrar una monitorizacióna tiempo real de las imágenes, sinembargo no es necesario su usodurante el funcionamiento del sensor.Se puede desconectar y utilizar paraajustar varios sensores. El sensorSVS1 permite un control de cadaimagen individual, al mismo tiempoofrece diversas herramientas parasolucionar diferentes tareas: laorientación del producto en la cintatransportadora, la presencia/ausenciaen cadenas de montaje o controlesde sobreimpresión en maquinaria deempaquetado

La serie SVS2 de sensores de visiónofrece todas las característicasnecesarias para solucionar cualquierproblema de visión artificial de maquinariade forma flexible e intuitiva. El ajuste delSVS2 se realiza en un PC utilizando unaconexión Ethernet, asegurando un altonivel de flexibilidad. El interface GraphicUser, basado en un sistema Wizard,conduce al usuario paso a paso durantela creación de la inspección. Existendiferentes modelos según las diferentesherramientas de software:Reconocimiento de Objetos,Reconocimiento Avanzado de Objetos(con pattern matching de 360º) yherramientas de Identificación (código debarras, Datamatrix y OCV). El sensor escapaz de guardar hasta 20 inspeccionesdiferentes que pueden ser seleccionadasmediante pulsaciones digitales o a travésde Ethernet. El sensor es capaz derealizar en paralelo diferentes controlesdel mismo objeto, reduciendo de estaforma el tiempo y coste de instalación,sustituyendo así el trabajo de variosequipos para una misma aplicación. Laserie SVS2 es la solución correctacuando los sensores fotoeléctricosnormales no se adaptan a lasnecesidades de la aplicación.Representa una alternativa de aplicaciónfácil y óptima relación coste-prestación alos sistemas de visión tradicionales.

La cámara de visión artificialSCS1 ofrece todas lasfunciones de un sistema devisión, junto con la sencillez ylos costes de un sensoravanzado. Se dispone demúltiples funciones de control:medición, inspección,reconocimiento de caracteres ylectura de códigos. Los nuevosmodelos de “identif icación”ofrecen funciones de lectura yverif icación de códigos, yfunciones de OCR/OCV, decódigo de barras y deDataMatrix. El i luminadorpuede ser integrado o externo.El sensor puede serconfigurado mediante un PCmaestro a través de un puertoEthernet y trabajar en el modostand-alone. Hay dos salidasPNP activadas según lainspección, entradasconfigurables e interfaces deserie RS232 y RS485 en elconector M12 standard de 8polos. Las lentes CS standardo la óptica con rosca tipo C sonintercambiables.

NUEVA SERIE NUEVA SERIE NUEVAS PRESTACIONES

Page 49: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

47

Serie SILIluminadores para la visiónartificial y para la aplicación enel área industrial- Modelos lineales, en forma de anillo o

puntuales- Versiones de luz continua o estroboscópica- LED de luz roja, azul, verde, blanca o

infrarroja- Carcasa de alta resistencia mecánica- Emisión LED Laser visible

NUEVAS PRESTACIONES

Los sólidos iluminadores de laserie SIL han sido concebidospara ofrecer una gamacompleta de soluciones para lai luminación en laautomatización industrial, lavisión artificial en la lectura decódigos y la inspección visualen microscopios. Estándisponibles modelos lineales,en forma de anillo o puntuales,y también para la iluminacióndesde arriba o desde atrás delobjeto. Según las distintasexigencias se pueden montarLED's de luz roja, azul, verde,blanca o infrarroja, así comolentes con distintos ángulos deemisión. También estándisponibles versiones de luzcontinua o estroboscópica, conuna unidad de control especial.La carcasa compacta de metalgarantiza una elevadaprotección mecánica, laconexión es simple y rápida através del conector estándarM8 de 4 polos.

Page 50: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE

Cámara inteligente

640 x 480

hasta 150

iintegrado o externo con conectorM8

Ethernet

RS232 / RS485

USEasy® PC GUI

stand-alone

óptica con rosca tipo C o CS

medida e inspección

24

M12 8 polos / M8 4 polos / RJ45

75 x 100 x 40

aluminio

IP40

SCS1

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE INSPECCIÓN

48

Sensores de cámara inteligente

Categoría

Resolución

Frecuencia de imágenes por segundo

Iluminador

Conexión

Interface de serie

Configuración

Funcionamiento

Lentes

Funciones

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Page 51: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Iluminadores

Modelos

Driver

Fuente de luz

Lentes

Emisión de luz

Ángulos de emisión

Señal estroboscópica

Intensidad de luz a 500 mm

Clase de láser

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

SERIE

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

SILSIL

Line - Area - Ring - Spot -Back

integrado o externo

LED de potencia

DATASENSOR Power Optics

rojo / verde / azul / blanco / IR

6° - 25° - 45° - 10x30°

5…24 Vcc

250. . .1000 lux

24

M8 4 polos

aluminio

IP65

Láser

integrado

Láser 650 nm

rojo

60°

0…30 Vcc

5 mW

5…24

M12 4 polos

aluminio

IP65

cl.3

49

Page 52: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Sensor de visión

640 x 480

60

integrado

Ethernet

RS485

Interface de usuario PC Graphic

stand-alone

6/8/12 mm

Reconocimiento de objetoso identificación

24

M12 8 polos / M12 4 polos

52 x 58 x 40

aluminio/plástico

IP54

SERIE SVS1 SVS2

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE INSPECCIÓN

50

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (triac)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Sensores de visión artificial

Categoría

Resolución

Frecuencia de imágenes por segundo

Iluminador

Conexión

Interface de serie

Configuración

Funcionamiento

Lentes

Funciones

Sensor de visión

640 x 480

60

integrado

Ethernet

RS485

Interface de usuario PC Graphic

stand-alone

6/8/12 mm

Reconocimiento de objetoso identificación

24

M12 8 polos / M12 4 polos

52 x 58 x 40

aluminio/plástico

IP54

Page 53: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE VSC

3.5“ TFT LCD

ajuste del sensor SVS1monitorización a tiempo real

320x240

en DIN-Rail o panel

8 botones de control8 LED's de señalización

vía sensor SVS1

M12 8 polos

96 x 96 x40

plástico

IP54

VSM

3.5“ TFT LCD

monitorización del sensor SVS2

320x240

en DIN-Rail o panel

8 botones de control8 LED's de señalización

24

n° 2 M12 8 polos

96 x 96 x40

plástico

IP54

51

Display

Funciones

Resolución

Montaje

Interface de usuario

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS

Alimentación VccVcaVca/cc

Salida PNPNPNNPN/PNPrelé (SCR)otros

Conexión cableconectorbloques terminal

Dimensiones (mm)

Material carcasa

Protección mecánica

Configuradores y monitores

Page 54: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

52

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

Serie SE4Barreras fotoeléctricas deprotección SAFEasy™ de Tipo 4- Básica y Plus

- Alturas controladas de 150 a 1650 mm - Resolución 14, 20, 30, 35 mm o 2, 3, 4

rayos- Protección de dedos, manos o cuerpo- Versiones con funciones Blanking y

EDM- Versiones maestro/esclavo en cascada y

EDM

Serie SE4RBarreras de luz reflexSAFEasy™ del Tipo 4

- Altura controlada de 500 mm - Modelos de 2 rayos para la protección

del cuerpo - Unidad pasiva con espejos o reflectores - Alcance de hasta 7,5 m (versión lineal) o

hasta 3 m (versiones en ‘L’ y ‘T’) - Versiones en ‘L’ y ‘T’ con sensores

Muting integrados

Serie SE4T-LBarreras fotoeléctricas deseguridad SAFEasy™ de Tipo 4T/L Muting

- Alturas controladas de 500 o 800 mm- Modelo de 2 o 3 rayos para la protección

del cuerpo- Sensores y lámpara de Muting integrados- Sistema en forma de L (dirección única)

o en forma de T (dos direcciones)- Modelo lineal para sensores Muting externos

NUEVOS MODELOS NUEVA SERIE NUEVAS PRESTACIONES

La serie SE4 ofrece la gama másamplia de barreras de proteccióndel tipo 4, desde las versionesestándar Básica hasta las versionesPlus con las funciones adicionalesBlanking, Maestro y esclavo encascada y EDM. Están disponiblesmodelos para alturas controladasdesde 150 a 1650 mm;resoluciones 14, 20, 30 o 35 para laprotección de dedos o manos y de2, 3 o 4 rayos para la protección delcuerpo. Las barreras permiten laconfiguración del reinicio (Restart) ydel Muting con selectoresprotegidos por hw y sw. La funciónFixed Blanking o Floating Blankingpermite la supresión de la detecciónde objetos en posición fija o enmovimiento repetitivo dentro delárea de detección. Las versionesMaestro y Esclavo pueden serconectadas en cascada, montandopor ejemplo sistemas de barrerasverticales y horizontales en formade ‘L’. Mediante el EDM es posiblecontrolar también el relé externo.

La barrera de luz reflex del tipo 4de la serie SE4-R está formadapor una unidad activa SE4-RA1 yuna unidad pasiva con reflectoresintegrados en la barrera de luzSE4-RDB, o bien con dosespejos de desviación SE4-RSM(accesorios). La altura dedetección es de 500 mm y elalcance es de hasta 7,5 m para laversión lineal, o de 3 m para lasversiones en ‘L’ y ‘T’. Lasfunciones Restart, EDM y Mutingestán integradas y se puedenseleccionar mediante dip-switches en la unidad activa. Lasversiones en ‘L’ y ‘T’ estánprevistas para aplicaciones en lasque se necesita la funciónMuting. Las barreras de luzSE4-R representan unaalternativa segura y efectiva aprecio óptimo a las barreras deluz con unidades activas tanto enel lado emisor como en elreceptor, gracias a su costereducido y su rápida instalación,al igual que la ventaja delcableado que sólo hace falta parala unidad activa.

Las barreras de protección detipo 4 de la serie SE4T-Lcomprenden la función Muting,ya que llevan los sensorescorrespondientes integrados,cableados y alineados de serie.Existen versiones con sensoresintegrados en forma de T para elMuting en dos direcciones (bi-direccional), en forma de L parael Muting en una única dirección(uni-direccional), o Lineal para laconexión de sensores externos.Existen modelos con 2 o 3 rayosde protección, con alturas dedetección de 500 y 800 mm yalcances de hasta 3 m para lasversiones con forma de T y de L yde 25 m para la versión lineal.Características comunes entodos los modelos son la lámparade Muting integrada en la barreray la configuración medianteselectores de protección con hwy sw. El Muting es una funciónnecesaria cuando un materialpasa a través de una zonapeligrosa, como por ejemplo enlos paletizadores/despaletizadores.

Page 55: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

NUEVA SERIE

La nueva serie de barreras de luzSAFEasyTM SG4-B amplía lagama actual de modelos SG yrepresenta una evolución de la serieSE4-PLUS, ofreciendo una barrerade seguridad del tipo 4 para laprotección de dedos con funcionesbásicas. Ideal para aplicacionesdonde no se requieren funcionescomplementarias, tal como elMuting, la conexión en cascada o elBlanking. Su tiempo de respuesta yalcance optimizados con respecto ala serie SE4-PLUS distinguen estanueva serie y la convierten en unade las mejores barreras de luzactualmente disponibles en elmercado. Todos los modelos, conalturas desde 150 a 1800 mm,tienen una resolución de 14 y 30mm para la protección de dedos ymanos. La función EDM puede serfácilmente activada mediante elselector correspondiente, igual quela función Restart con configuraciónmanual o automática. El display de7 segmentos facilita al usuario lalectura de los mensajes dediagnóstico y la alineación delproducto.

53

Serie SG2Las barreras fotoeléctricas deseguridad SAFEasy™ ofrecenla mejor relación coste -prestaciones

- 2 modelos : BASE y EXTENDED - Resolución 30, 50 y 90 mm - Alcance hasta 19 m y alturas

controladas hasta 1800 mm- Funciones plus para los modelos

EXTENDED: EDM, Sistema Anti-Interferencia, ReinicioManual/Automático seleccionable

Serie SG4Barreras de luz SAFEasy™ tipo 4con funciones básicas

- Resolución: 14 y 30 mm- Alcance de hasta 19 m (en la versión

de 30 mm) y altura controlada dehasta 1800 mm

- Funciones integradas para el modelobásico tipo 4: EDM, reiniciomanual/automático

NUEVA SERIE

La nueva serie de barreras deseguridad Tipo 2 SG2representa la evolución naturalde la serie SF2. Los dosmodelos SG2-B ‘Base’ y SG2-E ’Extended’ garantizan lamáxima compatibilidad con laserie SF2 (SG2-B) yproporcionan funcioneselevadas para una barrera deTipo 2, como EDM y Anti-Interferencia (SG2-E). Lasprincipales características sonel alcance hasta 19 m, unaaltura controlada de 150 a1800 mm, tiempos derespuesta entre los mejores enel mercado, así como unnuevo perfil más funcional.Además, el producto sesuministra con los nuevossoportes giratorios quefacil i tan y reducen lasoperaciones de alineación delas unidades Emisora yReceptora, incluso para laslargas distancias y enaplicaciones con espejos dedesviación.

Page 56: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

* Distancia máxima seleccionable: 9 m o 19 m

PUNTO DE PROTECCIÓN OPERATIVA

TYPE 2

SE2-35SF2-30

SG2-B-30 / SG2-E-30

SE2-35SF2-30

SG2-B-30 / SG2-E-30

ESPORÁDICA / CORTA

RIESGO EVITABLERIESGO EVITABLE

FRECUENTE / LARGA

NOSI

TIP0 4

SI NO

TIPO 2

Atención: La información brindada es indicativa y sintética, es obligatorio para referirse a la completa la norma EN 954 para una correcta y la evaluación del riesgo de tipo de seguridad.

SE4-14

SE4-14 PLUS

SE4-20

SF2-30

SE4-30

SE4-30 PLUS

SE4-35

30

35

30

30

35

14

14

20

6

SG4-B-14 14 6

6

6

15

15

15

15

SG2-B-30 30 19

SG2-E-30 30 9 / 19*

TIPO 2 TIPO 4

15

ALCANCE (m)RESOLUCIÓN (mm)

SG4-B-30 30 19

SE2-35

SEVERE(normally irreversible)

LIGHT(normally reversible)

LEVE(normalmente irreversible)

Guía para la selección

GRAVE(normalmente irreversible)

FRECUENCIA Y / O DURACIÓN DEEXPOSICIÓN AL RIESGO

SE4-14 SE4-20SE4-30 SE4-35

SE4-14 PLUS SE4-30 PLUSSG4-B-14 / SG4-B-30

GRAVEDAD DEL DAÑO

54

Page 57: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

PROTECCIÓN DE ACCESO

LIGHT(normally reversible)

LEVE(normalmente irreversible)

SEVERE(normally irreversible)

TIPO 2

SE2-PSB-BWS-T2+Sx-ST2

SF2-50 / SF2-90SG2-B-50/90 / SG2-E-50/90

SE4-P SE4-Q SE4-LSE4-R SE4-T SE4-S

SB-BWS-T4 + Sx-ST4

SE2-PSB-BWS-T2+Sx-ST2

SF2-50 / SF2-90SG2-B-50/90 / SG2-E-50/90

ESPORÁDICA / CORTA

RIESGO EVITABLERIESGO EVITABLE

FRECUENTE / LARGA

NOSI

TIPO 4

SI NO

TIPO 2

Atención: La información brindada es indicativa y sintética, es obligatorio para referirse a la completa la norma EN 954 para una correcta y la evaluación del riesgo de tipo de seguridad.

SE2-P 515 - 415 - 315

-

50

TIPO 2 TIPO 4

hasta 50*

ALCANCE (m)RESOLUCIÓN (mm)

SB-BWS-T2 + SX-ST2* 8 m con S5/S10-ST2; 50 m con S30-ST2

* Distancia máxima seleccionable: 9 m o 19 m

SE4-P

SE4-T

SE4-L

SE4-S

SB-BWS-T4 + Sx-ST4

515 - 415

515 - 415

-

515 - 415 - 315

515 - 415 - 315

515 - 415

25

50

3

3

25

up to 50*

SE4-R ‘T’

SE4-R ’L’

SE4-R Linear

515

515

515 3

3

7

7.5

* 8 m con S5/S10-ST4; 40 m con SL5-ST4; 50 m con S30-ST4

* 3 m para las versiones en ’W’; 7 m para las versiones en ‘T’

* 3 m para las versiones en ’W’; 7 m para las versiones en ‘T’

SE4-Q

SG2-E-50 / 90

50 / 90

50 / 90

19

9 / 19*

SG2-B-50 / 90

50 / 90 15SF2-B-50 / 90

GRAVE(normalmente irreversible)

FRECUENCIA Y / O DURACIÓN DEEXPOSICIÓN AL RIESGO

GRAVEDAD DEL DAÑO

7

55

Page 58: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

56

Atención: La Norma de referencia es la EN 999 ‘Seguridad de máquinas - el posicionamiento deequipos de protección en función de la velocidad de aproximación de las partes del cuerpohumano’.La información brindada es indicativa y sintética; es obligatorio acudir a la norma completa EN 999para calcular correctamente la distancia de seguridad.

La distancia mínima S en mm entre la zona peligrosa y el punto de detección se expresa por mediode la fórmula:

S = (K x T) + C

K es un parámetro (mm/seg) relacionado con la velocidad de aproximación de un cuerpo humano o sus partes T es el tiempo total (seg) necesario para detener la máquina, donde T = t1 + t2t1 = tiempo máx. entre el momento de detección y el cambio de estado del dispositivo de conmutación t2 = tiempo máx. de respuesta de la máquina C es una distancia adicional (mm) basada en la tipología del dispositivo, hablando en términos de resolución, donde la resolución es ladimensión mínima de un objeto opaco capaz de tapar como mínimo uno de los rayos del área sensible de detección.

APROXIMACIÓN NORMAL AL ÁREA DE DETECCIÓNBarreras de protección con resolución máxima de 40 mm

S = (K x T) + C donde K = 2000 mm/seg, C = 8 (d - 14 mm) pero no inferior a 0, d = resolución del dispositivo (mm)

Esta fórmula es válida para distancia de seguridad S hasta 500 mm. Si elresultado fuera S mayor de 500 mm, K = 1600 mm/seg y S = (1600 mm/seg x T) + 8(d-14 mm)

Barreras de protección con resolución incluida entre 40 y 70 mm

S = (K x T) + C donde K = 1600 mm/seg, C = 850 mm

En todos los casos, la altura del rayo más alto será ³ 900 mm y la altura del rayo más bajo será ≤ 300mm.

Barrera multihaz con rayos separados múltiples

S = (K x T) + C donde K = 1600 mm/seg, C = 850 mm

Guía para la selección

objetoopaco

R ≤≤ 40 mm Protección de dedos o manos

R < 116 mm Detección de presencia

R > 70 mm Protección del cuerpo R = resolución

Page 59: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

57

Una barrera multihaz desarrollada con 2, 3 o 4 rayos separados se utiliza en muchos casos paradetectar la intrusión de un cuerpo humano o sus partes en un área específica; la cantidad de rayos y ladistancia entre ellos depende de la evaluación de riesgos realizada, y de las aplicaciones específicasde la máquina. Se deberán tener en cuenta posibles riesgos, tal como el pasar por debajo del rayoinferior, pasar por encima del rayo superior o pasar entre los dos rayos. La siguiente tabla informa delas alturas desde el suelo o la base de referencia para los diferentes rayos.

En caso de sólo utilizar un rayo individual en un entorno industrial, se considera apropiada una alturade 750 mm colocando el dispositivo a una distancia de la máquina donde S = (1600 mm/seg x T) + 1200 mm

APROXIMACIÓN PARALELA AL ÁREA DE DETECCIÓN

S = (K x T) + Cdonde K = 1600 mm/seg, C = (1200 mm - 0,4 H), no menor de 850 mmHmáx = 1000 mm, Hmín = 15 (d - 50 mm), donde d = resolución de labarrera de luz

APROXIMACIÓN ANGULAR AL ÁREA DE DETECCIÓN Para ángulos de aproximación previsibles mayores de 30° podemos seguir el procedimiento normalde aproximación, mientras que para ángulos menores de 30° deberemos seguir el procedimiento deaproximación paralela.

Atención: La Norma de referencia es la EN 999 ‘Seguridad de máquinas - el posicionamiento deequipos de protección en función de la velocidad de aproximación de las partes del cuerpohumano’. La información facilitada es indicativa y sintética; es obligatorio acudir a la norma completa EN 999para calcular correctamente la distancia de seguridad.

Número de rayos Altura de rayos individuales desda la base (mm)

4 300, 600, 900, 12003 300, 700, 11002 400, 900

Page 60: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE SE4-14 SE4-14 PLUS

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

14 mm

0.2...6 m

150...1200 mm

21...68 ms14...41 ms Modelos EDM

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polos; Tx: M12 4 polos Rx: M12 5 polos; Tx: M12 5 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.

EDM selec.

4 modelos disponibles: EDM

Fixed/Floating Blanking EDM Cascada EDM

Cascada/Blanking EDM

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

14 mm

0.2...6 m

150...900 mm

18...39 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

58

Protección de los dedos

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS Conforme a

IEC61496-1 IEC61496-2 Alimentación

Resolución

Alcance

Altura controlada

Tiempo de respuesta

Salida OSSD

Conexión

Dimensiones (mm)

Funciones dispositivo

Certificaciones

Funciones plus

Page 61: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SE4-20

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

20 mm

0.2...6 m

150...1650 mm

16...39 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

14 mm

0.2...6 m

150 ... 1800 mm

10...51 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

32 x 37

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.

EDM selec.

SG4-B-14

59

Page 62: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE SE2-35 SF2-30

Tipo 2barreras integradas

24 Vcc

30 mm

0.2...15 m

150...1500 mm

24 ms max.

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 5 polosTx: M12 4 polos

31 x 32

Prueba Reseteo manual

Reseteo automático

Tipo 2barreras integradas

24 Vcc

35 mm

0.2...15 m

150...1650 mm

15...32 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

60

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS Conforme a

IEC61496-1 IEC61496-2 Alimentación

Resolución

Alcance

Altura controlada

Tiempo de respuesta

Salida OSSD

Conexión

Dimensiones (mm)

Funciones dispositivo

Certificaciones

Funciones plus

Protección de las manos

Page 63: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SG2-B-30

Tipo 2barreras integradas

24 Vcc

30 mm

0.2...19 m

150...1800 mm

8...24 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 5 polosTx: M12 4 polos

32 x 37

Prueba Reseteo automático

SG2-E-30

Tipo 2barreras integradas

24 Vcc

30 mm

0.2...9 m / 0.2...19 m selec.

150...1800 mm

8...24 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

32 x 37

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.

EDM selec.Distancia max. seleccionable:

9 m o 19 m

61

Page 64: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

20 mm

0.2...6 m

150...1650 mm

16...39 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

SE4-20 SE4-30

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

30 mm

0.2...15 m

150...1650 mm

15...32 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

Protección de las manos

SERIE

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

62

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS Conforme a

IEC61496-1 IEC61496-2 Alimentación

Resolución

Alcance

Altura controlada

Tiempo de respuesta

Salida OSSD

Conexión

Dimensiones (mm)

Funciones dispositivo

Certificaciones

Funciones plus

Page 65: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SG4-B-30SE4-30 PLUS SE4-35

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

35 mm

0.2...15 m

150...1650 mm

15...32 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

30 mm

0.2...15 m

150...1650 mm

16...43 ms12...26 ms modelli EDM

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polos; Tx: M12 4 polosRx: M12 5 polos; Tx: M12 5 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.

EDM selec.

4 modelos disponibles: EDM Fixed/Floating Blanking EDM

Cascading EDM Cascading/Blanking EDM

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

30 mm

0.2...19 m

150 ... 1800 mm

9...28 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

32 x 37

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.

EDM selec.

63

Page 66: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Protección del cuerpo y control de presencia

SERIE SE2-P SB-BWS-T2+Sx-ST2

Tipo 2barreras integradas

24 Vcc

2 - 3 - 4

0.5...50 m

500 - 800 - 900 - 1200 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

Tipo 2central y sensores

24 Vcc

hasta 2

hasta 50 m

22 ms max

2 relè

Caja bornes

75 x 100 x 75

Prueba Reseteo manual

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

64

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS Conforme a

IEC61496-1 IEC61496-2 Alimentación

N° rayos / resolución

Alcance

Altura controlada

Tiempo de respuesta

Salida OSSD

Conexión

Dimensiones (mm)

Funciones dispositivo

Certificaciones

Funciones plus

Page 67: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SF2-50 / SF2-90

Tipo 2barreras integradas

24 Vcc

50 / 90 mm

0.2...15 m

300...1500 mm

15...24 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 5 polosTx: M12 4 polos

31 x 32

PruebaReseteo manualReseteo auto.

Tipo 2barreras integradas

24 Vcc

50 / 90 mm

0.2...9 m / 0.2...19 m selec.

300...1800 mm

8...20 ms (vers. 50)8...19 ms (vers. 90)

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

32 x 37

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.

EDM selec.Distancia max. seleccionable:

9 m o 19 m

SG2-B-50 / SG2-B-90

Tipo 2barreras integradas

24 Vcc

50 / 90 mm

0.2...19 m

300...1800 mm

8...20 ms (vers. 50)8...19 ms (vers. 90)

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 5 polosTx: M12 4 polos

32 x 37

PruebaReseteo auto.

SG2-E-50 / SG2-E-90

65

Page 68: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE SE4-P

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

2 - 3 - 4

4...50 m

500 - 800 - 900 - 1200 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

Tipo 4barreras integradas

24 Vcc

2 - 3 - 4

0.5...25 m

500 - 800 - 900 - 1200 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polosTx: M12 4 polos

35 x 40

Prueba Reseteo man./auto selec.Muting total/parcial selec.

Override

SE4-Q

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

66

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS Conforme a

IEC61496-1 IEC61496-2 Alimentación

N° rayos

Alcance

Altura controlada

Tiempo de respuesta

Salida OSSD

Conexión

Dimensiones (mm)

Funciones dispositivo

Certificaciones

Funciones plus

Protección del cuerpo

Page 69: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Tipo 4central y sensores

24 Vcc

hasta 4

hasta 50 m

32 ms max

2 relè

bloques terminal

73 x 152 x 118

PruebaReseteo man./auto selec.

Muting total/parcial selec.Muting time-out selec.Doble Muting/Override

SB-BWS-T4+Sx-ST4

67

Page 70: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE SE4-T

Tipo 4barreras integradas con

sensores de Muting 24 Vcc

2 - 3

0.5…3 m (modelos en ‘W’)0.5…7 m (modelos en ‘T’)

500 - 800 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polos/M12 5 polosTx: M12 4 polos (modelos en ‘W’)

Tx: M12 4 polos/M12 4 polos (modelos en ‘T’)

35 x 40

Muting bi-direccional Prueba

Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting time-out selec.

EDM selec. Override

SE4-L

Tipo 4barreras integradas con

sensores de Muting 24 Vcc

2 - 3

0.5…3 m (modelos en ‘W’)0.5…7 m (modelos en ‘T’)

500 - 800 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polos/M12 5 polosTx: M12 4 polos (modelos en ‘W’)

Tx: M12 4 polos/M12 4 polos (modelos en ‘T’)

35 x 40

Muting uni-direccionalPrueba

Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting time-out selec.

EDM selec. Override

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

68

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS Conforme a

IEC61496-1 IEC61496-2 Alimentación

N° rayos

Alcance

Altura controlada

Tiempo de respuesta

Salida OSSD

Conexión

Dimensiones (mm)

Funciones dispositivo

Certificaciones

Funciones plus

Protección del cuerpocon Muting integrado

Page 71: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SE4-S

Tipo 4barreras integradas

para sensores de Muting externo24 Vcc

2 - 3

0.5…25 m

500 - 800 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Rx: M12 8 polos/M12 5 polosTx: M12 4 polos (modelos en ‘W’)

Tx: M12 4 polos/M12 4 polos (modelos en ‘T’)

35 x 40

Muting modularPrueba

Reseteo man./auto selec. Muting time-out selec.

EDM selec. Override

69

Page 72: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Protección del cuerpo con unidadpasiva y Muting integrado

SERIES SE4-R-’T’ SE4-R-’L’

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

70

DA

TO

S T

ÉC

NIC

OS Conforme a

IEC61496-1 IEC61496-2 Alimentación

N° rayos

Alcance

Altura controlada

Tiempo de respuesta

Salida OSSD

Conexión

Dimensiones (mm)

Funciones dispositivo

Certificaciones

Funciones plus

Tipo 4unidad pasiva

24 Vcc

2

0.5…3 m

500 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Unidad activa: M12 5 polos / M12 8 polosUnidad pasiva sin cableado

Unidad activa: 35 x 40Unidad pasiva: 52 x 55

Prueba Selección reset manual/automático

Selección EDMSelección Muting time-out

Override

Tipo 4unidad pasiva

24 Vcc

2

0.5…3 m

500 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Unidad activa: M12 5 polos / M12 8 polosUnidad pasiva sin cableado

Unidad activa: 35 x 40Unidad pasiva: 52 x 55

Prueba Selección reset manual/automático

Selección EDMSelección Muting time-out

Override

Page 73: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SE4-R LINEAR

71

Tipo 4unidad pasiva

24 Vcc

2

0.5...7.5 m

500 mm

14 ms

2 transistor PNP

Unidad activa: M12 5 polos / M12 8 polosUnidad pasiva sin cableado

Unidad activa: 35 x 40Unidad pasiva: 52 x 55

Prueba Selección reset manual/automático

Selección EDMSelección Muting time-out

Override

Page 74: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Accesorios

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

Los soportes de fijación estánincluidos en las barreras deseguridad modelos SE2, SE4 ySF2. Los soportes de fijaciónestándar (4 pzs. kit) estándisponibles como accesoriospara las barreras de seguridadSE2 y SE4, así como tambiénsoportes de fijación, orientablesy antivibracion. Para lasbarreras de seguridad serieSF2 se encuentran disponiblessoportes de fijaciónstandard (12 pzs. kit)y soportes anti-rayado (4 pzs. kit).

Los soportes de fijación TOP-BOTTOM orientables facilitaránla fase de alineación, inclusobajo las condiciones máscríticas, gracias a un ángulo derotación de 180º y un ángulo deajuste fino de ±10°. El kit desoportes de fijación sesuministra junto con la barrerade luz SG2-E y está disponiblecomo accesorio para la seriecompleta SG2-B y SG4-B.

SERIE CV SERIE ST

Cables deconexión blindados

Soportes defijación

SERIE CS

Cables de conexiónno blindados

El uso de cables blindados esobligatorio para las barreras dela serie SE2 y SE4; en cambioes recomendado para lossensores de seguridad de laserie Sx-ST2/ST4.

- Cables conector M12 de 4, 8 polosaxiales y radiales

- Longitud cable: 3, 5, 10, 15, 25 m - Material cable: PVC

72

Para la conexión de los sensoresMuting están disponibles conectoresM12 no blindados de 4 polos. Parala serie SG2 y SG4-B estándisponibles conectores de cableUL2462 M12 de 4, 5 y 8 polos.

- Conector M12 axial o radial ycable de 3, 4, 5 y 8 polos- Longitud del cable: 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 25 mMaterial del cable: PVC

Page 75: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE TP

Elementos de prueba

SERIE SE - SRT

SERIE LMS

Equipos de MutingSERIE SE - SR2

Relé de seguridad

Lámparas de Muting: estándar,modular, con montaje horizontalo vertical.Sensores de Muting: todos lossensores Datasensor son utiliz-ables para función de Muting.

SERIE CS

73

Caja de conexiones

Caja de conexiones parabarreras de luz con funciónMuting integrada, permite unarápida activación de la funciónOverride accionando losselectores específicos y loscomandos Test /Start pulsandolas teclas correspondientes.Compatible con las barreras deluz SE4T-L y SE4-R.

Caja de conexiones para el EDM

Esta caja de conexiones hasido diseñada con 3 contactosNA y 1 contacto NC para larealimentación de señales conla f inalidad de facil i tar laconexión del EDM de lasbarreras de luz del tipo 2 y 4con función EDM integrada.

- Módulo para las barreas de luzde tipo 2 y tipo 4

- Contactos de salida: 3 contactosde seguridad NA y 1 contacto derealimentación EDM / NC

P iez as de ensayo pa rabarreras de luz de 14, 20,30, 35, 40, 50 y 90 mm dediámetro

Aptos para la serie de barrerasde luz SE2, SF2 y SF4.

- Relé de seguridad tipo 4- Contactos de seguridad :

3 NA y 1 NC

Page 76: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Accesorios

SERIE SE - S SERIE SE - DM

Soportes decolumna y suelo

Espejos dedesviación

SERIE SG - PS / SG - DM

Accesorios utilizados con lasbarreras de seguridad SE2,SE4, SF2 y fotocélulas mono-rayo de seguridad Sx-ST2/ST4. Disponible en diferentes alturasa partir de 150 mm hasta 1800mm. Dimensiones del espejo dedesviación: 124 mm de largo, 6mm de profundidad.

EQUIPOSFOTOELÉCTRICOS DE SEGURIDAD

Accesorios utilizados con lasbarreras de seguridad SE2,SE4, SF2 y el espejo dedesviación SE-DM. Disponibleen diferentes alturas: 800,1000 y 1200 mm con carcasade 30 x 30 mm. 1500 y 1800mm con carcasa de 45 x 45mm. Dimensiones placa defijación de piso: 240 x 240 mm.

74

Columnas de proteccióny espejos de desviación

Columnas de aluminio sólidas parala protección de los espejos y lasbarreras de luz contra golpes.Todas las barreras de luz de lasseries SE y SG pueden sermontadas dentro de estossoportes, al igual que la serie deespejos SG-DM. El sistema defijación suministrado y el nivel deburbuja de aire circular en la basede acero inoxidable garantizan unarápida instalación y una alineaciónprecisa.

Nota: Se deberán seguir exactamentelas instrucciones del manual deinstalación relativas al alcancepara el uso correcto de los espejosde desviación.

Page 77: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SERIE SG - LS SERIE SG - IP69KSERIE SE - LP

Puntero láser

Accesorios utilizados con lasbarreras de seguridad SE2 ySE4, para facilitar el alineadoentre el emisor y receptor.

SERIE SE - P

75

Protección de lentes Protección IP69K

Placa de PMMA para sermontada en la lente frontal dela barrera de luz paraprotegerla contra polvo, virutasy/o gotas de materialincandescente. La protecciónde lentes está disponible parabarreras de luz con una alturacontrolada de 150 a 1800 mm.

Perfil tubular para barreras deluz SG para garantizar laprotección IP67/IP69K, idealpara aplicaciones típicas de laindustria alimentaria donde eluso de detergentes fuertes oagentes agresivos es frecuentey habitual. El accesorio estádisponible para barreras de luzcon una altura controlada de150 mm a 1800 mm.

Columnas de protección

A ser utilizadas con las barrerasde luz SE2, SE4 y SF2.Disponibles en diferentesalturas de 273 a 1743 mm.

Page 78: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

76

COMPLEMENTARY PRO-DUCTSREGULADORES DE TEMPERATURA

Serie THEReguladores demicroprocesador 1/8 DIN mP

- Formato estándar 48x96 mm - Versiones con 2 o 3 puntos de control - Acción PID con autoadaptación ADT- Diagnóstico del circuito de regulación -Regulación automática o manual

Los reguladores THE, en elformato estándar de 48x96 mmestán disponibles en versionesindividuales o con dobledisplay, a 12-24 Vca/cc o 80-240 Vca, y con 2 o 3 puntos decontrol, con salida principal derelé o transistor. La acción decontrol principal de tipo PID seregula automáticamente conlos parámetros óptimosmediante el autoajuste inicialAT, o mediante la función deautoadaptación ADT. Lassalidas auxiliares, por otrolado, pueden ser programadascon 16 funciones de alarmadistintas o con un punto fijo deintervención. La función dediagnóstico LFA permitedetectar anomalías en todo elcircuito de regulación, desde elsensor hasta el actuador.También es posible conmutarde la regulación automática(circuito cerrado) a laregulación manual (circuitoabierto), programandodirectamente el valor deporcentaje de la salida.

Serie THQReguladores demicroprocesador 1/16 DIN mP

- Formato estándar 48x48 mm- Parámetros configurables desde el

panel de mandos - Ajustes TC-J/K y RTD Pt100 - Acción PID con autoadaptación ADT- Función de diagnóstico del lazo de

regulación LFA

Los reguladores demicroprocesador de la serieTHQ se distinguen por suelevada precisión de medida yregulación en las operacionesde termosoldadura y deformación térmica, procesostípicos en el embalajeautomático. Con la acción PIDse puede activar el autoajusteinicial AT y la función deautoadaptación permanenteADT, optimizando de estaforma la respuesta avariaciones frecuentes orápidas del sistema, como porejemplo en el caso delarranque o de una interrupcióndel proceso. A través del panelde mandos y el display,individual o doble, seprograman el sensor deajuste, la acción de control ylas funciones de alarma. Lafunción de diagnóstico del lazode regulación LFA permitedetectar la rotura del sensor,de los cables o de los fusiblesde calentamiento.

Serie THTReguladores básicos yavanzados 1/16 DIN

- Formato estándar 48x48 mm - Salida de relé o estática para SSR- Salida analógica 4-20 mA o 0-10 V - Transformador amperimétrico y HBA- Conector de serie RS485 protocolo

MODBUS-RTU

La serie TH-T de reguladoresde temperatura ofrece modelosbásicos aptos para lasaplicaciones más simples ymodelos avanzados diseñadospara sistemas másdesarrollados de control y deinterface. La programación delos reguladores es simple yrápida, con pocas operacionesdesde el panel de mandos. Enlos modelos con interface deserie RS485 también sepueden enviar parámetros deconfiguración y recibir datos deregulación por medio de un PCexterno, siendo posible de estaforma controlar distintosreguladores al mismo tiempo.Las versiones con ajuste desdeun transformadoramperimétrico, disponiblescomo accesorio para medirdesde 25 a 100 A, permitendetectar la interrupción inclusoparcial de la carga, como porejemplo en el caso de rotura deun fusible. Adicionalmente a losmodelos con salidas de controlde relé y de transistor para elcontrol de relés estáticos,existen también modelos consalida analógica proporcionalen corriente de 4-20 mA y detensión de 0-10 V.

Page 79: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

EUROPADATALOGIC AUTOMATIONHeadquartersVia S. Vitalino, 1340012 Lippo di Calderara di RenoBologna - ItalyTel. +39 051/3147011Fax +39 051/3147453 [email protected]

DATALOGIC AUTOMATION IBERIASucursal en EspañaC/. Samontá nº 25, 4ª Planta08970 Sant Joan Despí, Barcelona - SpainTel. +34 93/4772059Fax +34 93/[email protected]

DATALOGIC AUTOMATION S.R.L.Italien FilialHöjdrodergatan 21SE-212 39 Malmö - SwedenTel. +46 40/385000Fax +46 40/[email protected]

Datalogic Automation BeneluxColtbaan 25 - 3439 NG NieuwegeinThe NetherlandsTel. +31 30/6023410Fax +31 30/[email protected]

DATALOGIC AUTOMATION S.R.L.Niederlassung Central EuropeUracher Straße 22D-73268 Erkenbrechtsweiler - GermanyTel. +49 7026/6080Fax +49 7026/[email protected]

DATALOGIC AUTOMATION S.R.L.Succursale en FranceLe Parc Technologique de Lyon333 Crs du 3ème Millénaire, 69800 Saint Priest - FranceTel. +33 4/72476180Fax +33 4/[email protected]

DATALOGIC AUTOMATION UKDatalogic HouseDunstable Road - RedbournHertfordshire AL3 7PR - United KingdomTel. +44 1582/464900Fax +44 1582/[email protected]

AMERICADATALOGIC AUTOMATION INC3000 Earhart Court, Suite 135Hebron, Kentucky41048 United StatesTel. +1 859/6897000Fax +1 859/[email protected] Free Phone +1 800/8495358Toll Free Fax +1 800/8495357

ASIADATALOGIC AUTOMATION ASIA LTDSuite 902,Suncome Liauw’s Plaza,738 Shang Cheng Road, Pudong,Shanghai 200120 , ChinaTel: +86 21/58366692/3Fax: +86 )21/[email protected]

DATALOGIC AUTOMATION ASIA LTDUnit 1-3, 7/F, Yuen Long Trading Centre,33 Wang Yip St. West, Yuen Long, NT. - Hong KongTel +852 2785/3912Fax +852 2785/[email protected]

IDEC DATALOGIC.CO.LTD 7-31, Nishi - Miyahara 1 - ChomeYodogawa, Ku Osaka 532004 - JapanTel. +816 6398/3200Fax +816 6398/[email protected]

AUSTRALIA - NUEVA ZELANDADATALOGIC AUTOMATION PTY LTDUnil 130 - 45 Gilby RoadMount Waverley - Victoria3149 AustraliaTel. +61 3/95589299Fax +61 3/[email protected]

www.datasensor.comwww.automation.datalogic.com

Los nombres de productos y empresas y los logotipos mancionados pueden ser marcas registradas o pendientes de registro de sus respectivas empresas. Datalogic se reserva el derecho de modificar cualquier dato o de incluir mejoras sin previo aviso.

Page 80: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

UN

IVE

RS

AL

MA

XI S

EN

SO

RS

• Sensitivity adjustment and Stability LED• Free voltage power supply and relay output • 10-30 Vdc power supply with NPN and PNP outputs • Versions with 5 timing functions

The photoelectric sensors of the S2 series are enclosed in sturdy plastic housings,developed to guarantee the complete protection of the control panel andconnection terminals. The free voltage versions present a relay output, while the 10-30 Vdc versionshave a double NPN and PNP output, both available with 1 or 2 m proximity, 5 mpolarised retroreflex, 3 m polarised retroreflex and 10 or 50 m through beam opticfunctions.The red output LED and the green stability LED are visible through the IP66hermetically-sealed cover, that also protects the terminal block and commands,such as the sensitivity adjustment trimmer and dark/light operating mode selector.The versions with output timing present a trimmer to regulate the time up to 16 s.and a selector to set 5 different functions.

S2 SERIES

MULTI-FUNCTION SENSORS

Page 81: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

TECHNICAL DATA DETECTION DIAGRAMSPower supply: ............................................... 10 ... 30 Vdc, reverse polarity protection

15 ... 264 Vac/Vdc

Consumption: ............................................... 30 mA max. (d.c. vers.)

3 VA max. (a.c. vers.)

Light emission: ............................................. infrared LED 880 nm

red LED 660 nm (B vers.)

Diffuse proximity operating distance: ........ 1 ... 90 cm (C90 vers.)

1 ... 200 cm (C200 vers.)

Retroreflex operating distance: .................. 0.1 ... 5 m (on R2)

Polarised retroreflex operating distance: .. 0.15 ... 3 m (on R2)

Through beam operating distance: ............ 0 ... 10 m (G10/F10 vers.)

0 ... 50 m (G50/F50 vers.)

Setting: .......................................................... sensitivity trimmer

Indicators: ..................................................... red OUTPUT LED

green STABILITY LED

Output type: .................................................. NPN and PNP, open collector (d.c. vers.)

or relay 1 NO contact (a.c. vers.)

Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1 V max. (NPN vers.)

2 V max. (PNP vers.)

Output current: ............................................. 100 mA max., short-circuit protection

relay 1 A (250 Vac), resistive load

Response time: .............................................1 ms max. (d.c. vers.)

20 ms max. (a.c. vers.)

Switching frequency: ................................... 500 Hz max. (d.c. vers.)

25 Hz max. (a.c. vers.)

Timing function: ........................................... normal, ON-delay, OFF-delay, ON/OFF-

delay, one-shot all adjustable from 0.6

to 16 sec.

Operating mode: ...........................................dark/light selectable

Connection: ...................................................terminal block with 4 screw terminals

gland for cables with 8 to 10 mm diameter

Electrical protection: ................................... class 1 (a.c. vers.)

class 2 (d.c. vers.)

Mechanical protection: ................................ IP66

Housing material: ......................................... PBT plastic

Lens material: ............................................... PMMA plastic

Weight: .......................................................... 100 g max.

Operating temperature: ................................-25 ... +55°C

Storage temperature: ................................... -25 ... +70°C

Reference standard: ..................................... EN 60947-5-2

Certifications: ...............................................

The operating distances indicate the detection distance with excess gain 2.

S2-x-C200-x

S2-x-C90-x

S2-x-B3-x

S2-x-F10/G10

S2-x-F50/G50

White R90%Grey R18%

White R90%

R5R2

Grey R18%

S2-x-A5-x

R5R2

The detection diagrams indicate the typicaloperating distance with excess gain 1.

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

Page 82: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

DIMENSIONS

S2-5-A/B/C/F S2-5-G

S2-1-A/B/C/F S2-1-G

mm

Page 83: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

UN

IVE

RS

AL

MA

XI S

EN

SO

RS

VERSIONS WITH 15 ... 264 Vac/Vdc POWER SUPPLYMODEL FUNCTION OUTPUT CODE N°

S2-1-C90 proximity relay J950530390

S2-1-C90T proximity relay with timer J950535390

S2-1-C200 proximity relay J950530393

S2-1-C200T proximity relay with timer J950535393

S2-1-A5 retroreflex relay J950330390

S2-1-A5T retroreflex relay with timer J950335390

S2-1-B3 polarised retroreflex relay J950320390

S2-1-B3T polarised retroreflex relay with timer J950325390

S2-1-F10 receiver relay J950200390

S2-1-F10T receiver relay with timer J950205390

S2-1-F50 receiver relay J950200394

S2-1-F50T receiver relay with timer J950205394

S2-1-G10 emitter - J950139990

S2-1-G50 emitter - J950139995

VERSIONS WITH 10 ... 30 Vdc POWER SUPPLYMODEL FUNCTION OUTPUT CODE N°

S2-5-C90 proximity NPN/PNP J950530000

S2-5-C90T proximity NPN/PNP with timer J950535000

S2-5-C200 proximity NPN/PNP J950530003

S2-5-C200T proximity NPN/PNP with timer J950535003

S2-5-A5 retroreflex NPN/PNP J950330000

S2-5-A5T retroreflex NPN/PNP with timer J950335000

S2-5-B3 polarised retroreflex NPN/PNP J950320000

S2-5-B3T polarised retroreflex NPN/PNP with timer J950325000

S2-5-F10 receiver NPN/PNP J950200000

S2-5-F10T receiver NPN/PNP with timer J950205000

S2-5-F50 receiver NPN/PNP J950200004

S2-5-F50T receiver NPN/PNP with timer J950205004

S2-5-G10 emitter - J950139900

S2-5-G50 emitter - J950139905

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Distributed by:

Pri

nte

d in

Ital

y in

Ju

ly 2

005

Rev

. 02

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products.

Page 84: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

UN

IVE

RS

AL

TU

BU

LA

R S

EN

SO

RS

• Complete range of optic functions, universal, applicationand laser class 1

• Flat plastic tubular housing for improved versatility ormetal cylindrical housing

• Versions with axial or radial optics, with fixed, trimmer orEASYtouch™ teach-in adjustment

• Cable or M12 connection with EN standard NPN or PNPNO-NC configuration

The S50 series offers all optical functions within a M18 housing. With the universal sensing functions of proximity, polarised retroreflex and throughbeam, which are also available with class 1 laser emission, as well as the moreadvanced functions of background suppression, background/foregroundsuppression, analogue displacement, contrast and luminescence, the S50 really isone housing for all applications.The S50 setting is carried out-by either by potentiometer, which is sealed to IP67,or using the patented EASYtouch™ push-button teach system, which gives rapidand precise automatic setting of the switching points.The S50 series is available both in flat plastic format ideal for M18 nut or screwmounting through the sensor body, as well as a cylindrical metal housing. Axial orradial optics are available in both housings with integral cable or M12 connectionconforming to EN 60947-5-2, the European wiring standard. The performance,versatility and extensive optical sensing options, positions the S50 series as thenew bench mark for customers focused on the evolution of technology anddevelopment of standards.

S50 SERIES

M18 MULTIFUNCTION OPTOELECTRONICSENSORS

one for all

Page 85: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andstability LEDs (receiver);power on LED (emitter)

Adjustment tr immer(receiver)

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

B

B

F

F

D

C C

CC

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

THROUGH BEAM WITH INFRARED EMISSION

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

EMITTER

RECEIVER

B

EMITTER

S50-PA/PR-5S50-PA/PR-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

RECEIVER

RADIAL OPTICS

2

A

Longer operating distances can beobtained utilising separate emitterand receiver units. The infraredemission is modulated to avoidinterference with other lightsources and the emitter is fittedwith test inputs for remote systeminterrogation.

G/F

mm

Page 86: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

receiver - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-PA-2-F01-NN 952001660 NPNS50-PA-2-F01-PP 952001150 PNP

emitter - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-PA-2-G00-XG 952001190

receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-F01-NN 952001820 NPNS50-PR-2-F01-PP 952001170 PNP

emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-G00-XG 952001210

receiver - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-F01-NN 952001550 NPNS50-PA-5-F01-PP 952001160 PNP

emitter - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-G00-XG 952001200

receiver - radial optics - M12 connector S50-PR-5-F01-NN 952001760 NPNS50-PR-5-F01-PP 952001180 PNP

emitter - radial optics - M12 connector S50-PR-5-G00-XG 952001220

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 Emitter off with Test+ on Vdc and Test- on 0 V5 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 30 mradial optics 0 ... 25 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption:

emitter ≤ 35 mAreceiver ≤ 30 mA

Light emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 500 mm at 15 mradial optics approx. 470 mm at 10 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED green POWER ON LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 2 ms Switching frequency: 250 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCAuxiliary functions: Test + and Test -Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: PBTLens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

6

7

2

S50

-PA

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-PR

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-PA

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-PR

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-G

00-X

G

6 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

7 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

receiver outputs

3

SELECTION TABLE

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

S50-PA/PR 30 m

II3D

0 15 30 (m)

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

axial

radial 20

30

25

Detection areaExcess gain

axial

axial

radial

radial

25

Page 87: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Longer operating distances can beobtained utilising separate emitterand receiver units. The infraredemission is modulated to avoidinterference with other lightsources and the emitter is fittedwith test inputs for remote systeminterrogation.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

D E

THROUGH BEAM WITH INFRARED EMISSION

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

EMITTER

RECEIVER

S50-MA/MR-5S50-MA/MR-2

B B

RADIAL OPTICS

4

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs (receiver);power on LED (emitter)

Adjustment tr immer(receiver)

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

A

B

C

D

E

CONNECTIONS

C C

CC

B

A

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

EMITTER

RECEIVER

G/F

mm

Page 88: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

5

TECHNICAL DATA

TECHNICAL NOTES

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 30 mradial optics 0 ... 25 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption:

emitter ≤ 35 mAreceiver ≤ 30 mA

Light emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 500 mm at 15 mradial optics approx. 470 mm at 10 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED green POWER ON LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 2 ms Switching frequency: 250 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCAuxiliary functions: Test + and Test -Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: nickel plated brassLens material: PMMAWeight:

110 g max. 60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

S50

-MA

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-MR

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-MA

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-MR

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-G

00-X

G

1

3

4

5

7

6

2

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 Emitter off with Test+ on Vdc and Test- on 0 V5 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

6 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

7 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

receiver outputs

SELECTION TABLE

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

receiver - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-F01-NN 952021700 NPNS50-MA-2-F01-PP 952021250 PNP

emitter - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-G00-XG 952021060

receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-F01-NN 952021640 NPNS50-MR-2-F01-PP 952021170 PNP

emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-G00-XG 952021180

receiver - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-F01-NN 952021700 NPNS50-MA-5-F01-PP 952021250 PNP

emitter - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-G00-XG 952021260

receiver - radial optics - M12 connector S50-MR-5-F01-NN 952021800 NPNS50-MR-5-F01-PP 952021370 PNP

emitter - radial optics - M12 connector S50-MR-5-G00-XG 952021380

S50-MA/MR 30 m

II3D

0 15 30 (m)

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

axial

radial 20

30

25

Detection areaExcess gain

axial

axial

radial

radial

25

Page 89: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

NOT USED

TEST +

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andpower on LEDs

Adjustment tr immer(receiver)

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

B

B

F

F

D

C C

CC

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.Decrease sensitivity to increase resolution.

EMITTER

RECEIVER

B

EMITTER

S50-PL/PH-5S50-PL/PH-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

RECEIVER

RADIAL OPTICS

6

A

The high operating distance typicalof emitter and receiver pairs isnotably increased thanks to theuse of visible red laser emission.The laser beam can be easilyaligned and offers excellentdetection resolution of even smallobjects. The class 1 laser emissionguarantees maximum safety for theoperators in all applications.

LASER THROUGH BEAM WITH RED EMISSIONL-G/F

mm

Page 90: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

7

S50-PL/PH 60 m

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 60 mradial optics 0 ... 50 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption:

emitter ≤ 35 mAreceiver ≤ 30 mA

Light emission:red Laser 650 nmclass 1 EN 60825-1class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

Resolution:approx. 2.5 mm at 5 mapprox. 5 mm at 10 mapprox. 10 mm over 20 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green POWER ON LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 333 µs Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCAuxiliary functions: Test +Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: PBTLens material: PMMA / glassWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max.

Operating temperature: -10 ... +50°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2,

EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

1

3

4

5

6

7

2

S50

-PL

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-PL

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-PL

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-PL

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-PH

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-PH

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-5-F

01-P

P

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 50.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 Emitter off with Test+ connected to +Vcc

Emitter on with Test+ not connected or connected to 0V

5 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEemitter - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PL-2-G00-XG 952001420

receiver - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PL-2-F01-NN 952001890 NPNS50-PL-2-F01-PP 952001400 PNP

emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PH-2-G00-XG 952002060

receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PH-2-F01-NN 952002030 NPNS50-PH-2-F01-PP 952002020 PNP

emitter - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PL-5-G00-XG 952001430

receiver - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PL-5-F01-NN 952001860 NPNS50-PL-5-F01-PP 952001410 PNP

emitter - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PH-5-G00-XG 952002070

receiver - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PH-5-F01-NN 952002050 NPNS50-PH-5-F01-PP 952002040 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

6 Compatible with quick connection systems 7 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on receiver outputs

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

0 15 30 45 60 (m)

Operating distance

60

50

Resolution - axialDetection area - axial

Detection area - radial Resolution - radial

radial

axial

The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for thecorrect optic axis alignment of the laseremission.

Page 91: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andpower on LEDs

Adjustment tr immer(receiver)

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

B

The high operating distance typicalof emitter and receiver pairs isnotably increased thanks to the useof visible red laser emission. Thelaser beam can be easily alignedand offers excellent detectionresolution of even small objects.The class 1 laser emissionguarantees maximum safety for theoperators in all applications.

S50-ML/MH-5S50-ML/MH-2EMITTER

8

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distanceDecrease sensitivity to increase resolution.

A

NOT USED

TEST +

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

RECEIVER

LASER THROUGH BEAM WITH RED EMISSIONL-G/F

RADIAL OPTICS

D E

EMITTER

RECEIVER

B B

C C

CC

mm

Page 92: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 60 mradial optics 0 ... 50 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption:

emitter ≤ 35 mAreceiver ≤ 30 mA

Light emission:red Laser 650 nmclass 1 EN 60825-1class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

Resolution: approx. 2.5 mm at 5 mapprox. 5 mm at 10 mapprox. 10 mm over 20 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green POWER ON LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 333 µs Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCAuxiliary functions: Test +Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: nickel plated brassLens material: PMMA / glassWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max.

Operating temperature: -10 ... +50°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2,

EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

1

3

4

5

6

7

2

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 50.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 Emitter off with Test+ connected to +Vcc

Emitter on with Test+ not connected or connected to 0V

6 Compatible with quick connection systems 7 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on receiver outputs

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

0 15 30 45 60 (m)

Operating distance

60

50

Resolution - axialDetection area - axial

Detection area - radial Resolution - radial

radial

axial

9

S50-ML/MH 60 m

TECHNICAL DATA

S50

-ML

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-ML

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-ML

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-MH

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-MH

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-5-F

01-P

P

SELECTION TABLEemitter - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-ML-2-G00-XG 952021430

receiver - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-ML-2-F01-NN 952021840 NPNS50-ML-2-F01-PP 952021420 PNP

emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MH-2-G00-XG 952022060

receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MH-2-F01-NN 952022030 NPNS50-MH-2-F01-PP 952022020 PNP

emitter - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-ML-5-G00-XG 952021470

receiver - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-ML-5-F01-NN 952021870 NPNS50-ML-5-F01-PP 952021460 PNP

emitter - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MH-5-G00-XG 952022070

receiver - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MH-5-F01-NN 952022050 NPNS50-MH-5-F01-PP 952022040 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for thecorrect optic axis alignment of the laseremission.

5 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

Page 93: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

RETROREFLEX WITH INFRARED EMISSION

With retroreflex sensors the objectis detected when it interrupts thelight beam generated between thesensor and its associatedprismatic reflector. This retroreflexsystem, created between thesensor and the reflector, offers theadvantage of electricallyconnecting one single unit insteadof two, as in the emitter-receiversystem.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status LED

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

D E

F

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

C

10

C

A

A

A

mm

Page 94: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

5 (m)

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

11

S50-PA 5 mS50-MA

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems 5 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 0.1 ... 5 m Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension: approx. 100 mm at 2 mIndicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max. 60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-A

00-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-A

00-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-A

00-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-A

00-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-A

00-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-A

00-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-A

00-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-A

00-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-A00-NN 952002090 NPNS50-PA-2-A00-PP 952002080 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-A00-NN 952022090 NPNS50-MA-2-A00-PP 952022080 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-A00-NN 952002110 NPNS50-PA-5-A00-PP 952002100 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-A00-NN 952022110 NPNS50-MA-5-A00-PP 952022100 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

Detection areaExcess gain

R2R5

R2 R5

10.1 2 3 4

Operating distance

axial on R5 5

axial on R2 4

Page 95: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

POLARISED RETROREFLEX WITH RED EMISSION

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

B

B

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

RADIAL OPTICS

12

D E

F B F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

BC

C C

CB

B

A

A

With retroreflex sensors the objectis detected when it interrupts thelight beam generated between thesensor and its associatedprismatic reflector. High-polarisation optic filters also allowreliable detection of very reflectiveobjects, such as mirrored surfacesthat, differently from the prismaticreflector, reflect the light beamwithout rotating the polarisationplane.

B

mm

Page 96: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

10.1 2 3 4 5 (m)

axial on R2 3.5

4.5

4

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0.1 ... 4.5 m radial optics 0.1 ... 3 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: red LED 660 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 45 mm at 1 mradial optics approx. 60 mm at 2 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max. 60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

6

2

S50

-PA

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-B

01-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-PA-2-B01-NN 952001610 NPNS50-PA-2-B01-PP 952001010 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-B01-NN 952021500 NPNS50-MA-2-B01-PP 952021000 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-B01-NN 952001500 NPNS50-PA-5-B01-PP 952001020 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-B01-NN 952021660 NPNS50-MA-5-B01-PP 952021200 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-B01-NN 952001780 NPNS50-PR-2-B01-PP 952001030 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-B01-NN 952021600 NPNS50-MR-2-B01-PP 952021140 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PR-5-B01-NN 952001720 NPNS50-PR-5-B01-PP 952001040 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MR-5-B01-NN 952021760 NPNS50-MR-5-B01-PP 952021340 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

radial on R5

radial on R2

2.5

2

3

2.5

axial on R5 4

Detection area - axialExcess gain - axial

Excess gain - radial Detection area - radial

13

R2

R2

High efficiency reflectors can be usedto obtain larger operating distances.Refer to Reflectors (A.01) of theGeneral Catalogue.

R5

R2

R5

R5

R5 R2

3 mS50-PA/PR S50-MA/MR 4.5 m

Page 97: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

D E

F B F

BC

C C

CB

B

LASER RETROREFLEX WITH RED EMISSION

The visible red laser emissionincreases the operating distanceand resolution of the polarisedretroreflex sensor. Specific R7 orR8 reflectors with 0.8 mm micro-prisms are available for high-resolution detection of smallobjects. The class 1 laser emissionguarantees maximum safety for theoperators in all applications.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

PLASTIC HOUSING

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

B

B

14

METAL HOUSING

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distanceDecrease sensitivity to increase resolution.

A

A

L-B

RADIAL OPTICS

mm

Page 98: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 50.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PL-2-B01-NN 952001870 NPNS50-PL-2-B01-PP 952001360 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PH-2-B01-NN 952001950 NPNS50-PH-2-B01-PP 952001940 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-ML-2-B01-NN 952021820 NPNS50-ML-2-B01-PP 952021400 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MH-2-B01-NN 952021950 NPNS50-MH-2-B01-PP 952021940 PNP

plastic -axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PL-5-B01-NN 952001840 NPNS50-PL-5-B01-PP 952001370 PNP

plastic -radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PH-5-B01-NN 952001970 NPNS50-PH-5-B01-PP 952001960 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-ML-5-B01-NN 952021850 NPNS50-ML-5-B01-PP 952021440 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MH-5-B01-NN 952021970 NPNS50-MH-5-B01-PP 952021960 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0.1 ... 16 mradial optics 0.1 ... 9 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission:

red Laser 650 nmclass 1 EN 60825-1class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

Resolution:2 mm max. at 3 m (on R7)5 mm max. over 7 m (on R2)

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 333 µs Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMA / glassWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -10 ... +50°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2,

EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PL

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-PL

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-5-B

01-P

P

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

15

High efficiency reflectors can be usedto obtain larger operating distances.Refer to Reflectors (A.01) of theGeneral Catalogue.

S50-PH/PL S50-MH/ML 16 m

8 12 16 (m)

axial on R7 11

Operating distance

radial on R2

radial on R7

9

axial on R2 16

Resolution on R7 reflector - axialDetection area - axial

Detection area - radial Resolution on R7 reflector - radial

R7R2

R7 R2

The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for thecorrect optic axis alignment of the laseremission.

6

Page 99: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

RETROREFLEX FOR TRANSPARENTS WITH RED EMISSION

With high sensitivity and reducedhysteresis this retroreflex sensorallows the detection of even asmall variation of the lightemission received by the sensor,typically created by the presenceof transparent objects such asglass or PET containers or plasticfilm sheets for packaging. Thepresence of polarising filtersavoids false switching on shinysurfaces.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status LED

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

D E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

B

B

B

B

BB

F

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

C

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

16

C C

C

A

A

RADIAL OPTICS

T

mm

Page 100: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

1 Limit values2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-T01-NN 952001690 NPNS50-PA-2-T01-PP 952001260 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-T01-NN 952021570 NPNS50-MA-2-T01-PP 952021090 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-T01-NN 952001580 NPNS50-PA-5-T01-PP 952001270 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-T01-NN 952021730 NPNS50-MA-5-T01-PP 952021290 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-T01-NN 952001830 NPNS50-PR-2-T01-PP 952001280 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-T01-NN 952021650 NPNS50-MR-2-T01-PP 952021190 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PR-5-T01-NN 952001770 NPNS50-PR-5-T01-PP 952001290 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MR-5-T01-NN 952021810 NPNS50-MR-5-T01-PP 952021390 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0.1 ... 1.7 mradial optics 0.1 ... 1.7 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: red LED 660 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 45 mm at 1 mradial optics approx. 60 mm at 1 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

6

2

S50

-PA

-2-T

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-T

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-T

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-T

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-T

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-T

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-T

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-T

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-T

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-T

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-T

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-T

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-T

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-T

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-T

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-T

01-P

P

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

0.50.1 1 1.5 2 (m)

axial on R2 1

1.7

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

radial on R5

radial on R2 1

axial on R5

1.4

TECHNICAL NOTES

17

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

Detection areaExcess gain

1.4 1.7

1.3

1.3

R2

R5 R2R5

S50-PA/PR 1.7 mS50-MA/MR

High efficiency reflectors can be usedto obtain larger operating distances.Refer to Reflectors (A.01) of theGeneral Catalogue

Page 101: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SHORT DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION

This diffuse proximity sensorrepresents a reliable, simple andcost-effective solution for thedirect detection of any objectinside the fixed operating distance.Its particularly compactdimensions permit the installationin very small spaces.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status LED

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

D E

FF

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

C

C

C

18

C

A

A

RADIAL OPTICS

C

mm

Page 102: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Detection area - axialExcess gain - axial

Excess gain - radial

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-PA-2-C10-NN 952001630 NPNS50-PA-2-C10-PP 952001240 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-MA-2-C10-NN 952021520 NPNS50-MA-2-C10-PP 952021020 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PA-5-C10-NN 952001520 NPNS50-PA-5-C10-PP 952001250 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-C10-NN 952021680 NPNS50-MA-5-C10-PP 952021220 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-C10-NN 952001800 NPNS50-PR-2-C10-PP 952001490 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-C10-NN 952021620 NPNS50-MR-2-C10-PP 952021490 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PR-5-C10-NN 952001740 NPNS50-PR-5-C10-PP 952001480 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MR-5-C10-NN 952021780 NPNS50-MR-5-C10-PP 952021480 PNP

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 10 cmradial optics 0 ... 8 cm

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 80 mm at 10 cmradial optics approx. 55 mm at 10 cm

Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

5

4

2

S50

-PA

-2-C

10-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-C

10-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-C

10-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-C

10-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-C

10-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-C

10-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-C

10-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-C

10-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-C

10-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-C

10-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-C

10-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-C

10-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-C

10-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-C

10-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-C

10-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-C

10-P

P

0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 (cm)

axial

radial

10

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

TECHNICAL NOTES

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

8

19

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Detection area - radial

White 90%

S50-PA/PR 10 cmS50-MA/MR

mm

cm

mm

cm

cm

cm

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

11

9

Page 103: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION

This version of diffuse proximitysensor has a detection distancethat can be set using thesensitivity adjustment trimmer. Thegreen stability LED indicateswhether the received signal isabove to the minimum signal forstable output switching.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

B

B

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

20

D E

F B

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

BC

C

A

A

C

mm

Page 104: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 0 ... 40 cmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension: approx. 100 mm at 300 cmSetting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: light on NO / dark on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-C

21-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-C

21-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-C

21-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-C

21-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-C

21-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-C

21-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-C

21-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-C

21-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-C21-NN 952002170 NPNS50-PA-2-C21-PP 952002160 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-C21-NN 952022130 NPNS50-MA-2-C21-PP 952022120 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-C21-NN 952002190 NPNS50-PA-5-C21-PP 952002180 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-C21-NN 952022150 NPNS50-MA-5-C21-PP 952022140 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

6 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

TECHNICAL NOTES

21

Recommended operating distanceMaximum operating distance

S50-PA 40 cmS50-MA

0 10 20 30 40 (cm)

40

Detection areaExcess gain

35

White 90%Grey 18% White 90%

Grey 18%

Page 105: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

LONG DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION

This version of diffuse proximitysensor offers the maximumoperating distance for the directdetection of objects. The detectiondistance can be set using thesensitivity adjustment trimmer. Thegreen stability LED indicateswhether the received signal isabove to the minimum signal forstable output switching.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

B

B

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

22

D E

F B F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

BC C

CC

B

B

A

A

RADIAL OPTICS

C

mm

Page 106: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 70 cmradial optics 0 ... 40 cm

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx.200 mm at 60 cmradial optics approx.35 mm at 40 cm

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-C

01-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-C01-NN 952001620 NPNS50-PA-2-C01-PP 952001050 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-C01-NN 952021510 NPNS50-MA-2-C01-PP 952021010 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-C01-NN 952001510 NPNS50-PA-5-C01-PP 952001060 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-C01-NN 952021670 NPNS50-MA-5-C01-PP 952021210 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-C01-NN 952001790 NPNS50-PR-2-C01-PP 952001070 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-C01-NN 952021610 NPNS50-MR-2-C01-PP 952021150 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PR-5-C01-NN 952001730 NPNS50-PR-5-C01-PP 952001080 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MR-5-C01-NN 952021770 NPNS50-MR-5-C01-PP 952021350 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

6 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

TECHNICAL NOTES

0 15 30 45 60 (cm)

axial

radial 35

60 70

40

23

Detection area - axialExcess gain - axial

Excess gain - radial

Grey 18%

White 90%

White 90%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Detection area - radial

Recommended operating distanceMaximum operating distance

S50-PA/PR 70 cmS50-MA/MR

mm

cm

mm

cm

cm

cm

Page 107: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

FIXED FOCUS PROXIMITY WITH RED EMISSION

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

The fixed focus proximity sensoroffers a simple fixed backgroundsuppression distance beyondwhich no object is detected. Thefixed triangulation of the opticsgreatly reduces the detectiondistance of reflective objects. Thevisible red emission facilitatessensor installation.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status LED

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

24

D E

FF

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

CC

C C

A

A

RADIAL OPTICS

D

mm

Page 108: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-D00-NN 952001640 NPNS50-PA-2-D00-PP 952001090 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-D00-NN 952021530 NPNS50-MA-2-D00-PP 952021030 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-D00-NN 952001530 NPNS50-PA-5-D00-PP 952001100 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-D00-NN 952021690 NPNS50-MA-5-D00-PP 952021230 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-D00-NN 952001810 NPNS50-PR-2-D00-PP 952001110 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cableS50-MR-2-D00-NN 952021630 NPNS50-MR-2-D00-PP 952021160 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connector S50-PR-5-D00-NN 952001750 NPNS50-PR-5-D00-PP 952001120 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connector S50-MR-5-D00-NN 952021790 NPNS50-MR-5-D00-PP 952021360 PNP

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0.5 ... 10 cmradial optics 0 ... 8 cm

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 20 mm at 10 cmradial optics approx. 25 mm at 8 cm

Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

5

4

2

S50

-PA

-2-D

00-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-D

00-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-D

00-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-D

00-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-D

00-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-D

00-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-D

00-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-D

00-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-D

00-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-D

00-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-D

00-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-D

00-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-D

00-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-D

00-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-D

00-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-D

00-P

P

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

0 2.5 5 7.5 10 (cm)

Operating distance

axial

radial

10

8

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

TECHNICAL NOTES

Detection area - axialExcess gain - axial

Excess gain - radial

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Detection - radial

S50-PA/PR 10 cmS50-MA/MR

mm

cm

mm

cm

cm

cm

25

Page 109: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

D E

B F

BC C

CC

B

B

LASER PROXIMITY WITH RED EMISSION

The visible red laser emissionallows the accurate detection ofvery small objects. The sensorsoperate as a proximity device up to35 cm and can be used as acontrast sensor for high contrastmark detection. The class 1 laseremission guarantees maximumsafety for the operators in allapplications.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

BB

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

B

26

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

A

A

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

L-C

RADIAL OPTICS

mm

Page 110: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 50.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PL-2-C01-NN 952001880 NPNS50-PL-2-C01-PP 952001380 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PH-2-C01-NN 952001990 NPNS50-PH-2-C01-PP 952001980 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-ML-2-C01-NN 952021830 NPNS50-ML-2-C01-PP 952021410 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MH-2-C01-NN 952021990 NPNS50-MH-2-C01-PP 952021980 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PL-5-C01-NN 952001850 NPNS50-PL-5-C01-PP 952001390 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PH-5-C01-NN 952002010 NPNS50-PH-5-C01-PP 952002000 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-ML-5-C01-NN 952021860 NPNS50-ML-5-C01-PP 952021450 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MH-5-C01-NN 952022010 NPNS50-MH-5-C01-PP 952022000 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 35 cmradial optics 0 ... 25 cm

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission:

red Laser 650 nmclass 1 EN 60825-1class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

Resolution: approx. 0.3 mm at 5 cmapprox. 0.3 mm at 10 cmapprox. 0.5 mm at 20 cmapprox. 2 mm at 30 cm

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 333 µs Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz Operating mode: light on NO / dark on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMA / glassWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -10 ... +50°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2,

EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PL

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-PL

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-5-C

01-P

P

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

0 10 20 40 (cm)

Operating distance

25

35

S50-PH/PL S50-MH/ML 35 cm

27

Resolution - axialDetection area - axial

Detection area - radial Resolution - radial

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

radial

axial

The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for thecorrect optic axis alignment of the laseremission.

Page 111: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

AXIAL BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

AB

B

CONNECTIONS

Background suppression proximityallows to precisely adjust thedistance over which the object isnot detected, with the minimumdifference between reflectiveobjects. The EASYtouchTM settingprocedure fixes automatically thebest detection conditions, simplypressing once the teach-in push-button, in presence of thereference to detect.

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

C

C

D E

F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

B

B

28

A

M

mm

Page 112: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 5 ... 10 cmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 30 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension: approx. 8 mm at 10 cmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 1 ms Switching frequency: 500 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

5

4

2

S50

-PA

-2-M

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-M

03-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-M

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-M

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-M

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-M

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-M

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-M

03-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-M03-NN 952001670 NPNS50-PA-2-M03-PP 952001230 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-M03-NN 952021550 NPNS50-MA-2-M03-PP 952021070 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-M03-NN 952001560 NPNS50-PA-5-M03-PP 952001000 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-M03-NN 952021710 NPNS50-MA-5-M03-PP 952021270 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 2 4 6 8

Operating distance

10

10 (cm)

Detection difference withfine acquisition

Detection difference with EASYtouch™ acquisition

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

% d

iffere

nce

obje

ct d

ista

nce

Setting distance on white 90% background Setting distance on white 90% background

% d

iffere

nce

obje

ct d

ista

nce

S50-PA S50-MA 10 cm

29

Page 113: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

RADIAL BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

D

B

CF

B

C

E

CONNECTIONS

Background suppression proximityallows to precisely adjust thedistance over which the object isnot detected, with the minimumdifference between reflectiveobjects. The EASYtouchTM settingprocedure fixes automatically thebest detection conditions, simplypressing once the teach-in push-button, in presence of the referenceto detect.

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

30

OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

AB

BA

M

mm

Page 114: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 5 ... 10 cmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 30 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension: approx. 10 mm at 10 cmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 1 ms Switching frequency: 500 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBT / PVCnickel plated brass

Lens material: glassWeight:

90 g max. 40 g max. 125 g max.75 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

2

S50

-PS

-2-M

03-N

N

S50

-PS

-2-M

03-P

P

S50

-PS

-5-M

03-N

N

S50

-PS

-5-M

03-P

P

S50

-MS

-2-M

03-N

N

S50

-MS

-2-M

03-P

P

S50

-MS

-5-M

03-N

N

S50

-MS

-5-M

03-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - 2 m cable S50-PS-2-M03-NN 952001900 NPNS50-PS-2-M03-PP 952001910 PNP

metal - 2 m cable S50-MS-2-M03-NN 952021900 NPNS50-MS-2-M03-PP 952021910 PNP

plastic - M12 connectorS50-PS-5-M03-NN 952001920 NPNS50-PS-5-M03-PP 952001930 PNP

metal - M12 connectorS50-MS-5-M03-NN 952021920 NPNS50-MS-5-M03-PP 952021930 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 2 4 6 8

Operating distance

10

10 (cm)

Detection difference withfine acquisition

Detection difference with EASYtouch™ acquisition

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

% d

iffere

nce

obje

ct d

ista

nce

Setting distance on white 90% background Setting distance on white 90% background

% d

iffere

nce

obje

ct d

ista

nce

S50-PS 10 cmS50-MS

31

Page 115: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

FORE-BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION

The fore-background suppressionproximity allows to preciselyadjust the minimum and maximumdetec t ion d is tance . TheEASYtouchTM setting procedurefixes automatically the bestdetection conditions, simplypressing once the teach-in push-button, in presence of thereference to detect.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

32

C

CB

D E

F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

B

OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

AB

BA

N

mm

Page 116: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-N03-NN 952001680 NPNS50-PA-2-N03-PP 952001440 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-N03-NN 952021560 NPNS50-MA-2-N03-PP 952021080 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PA-5-N03-NN 952001570 NPNS50-PA-5-N03-PP 952001450 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-N03-NN 952021720 NPNS50-MA-5-N03-PP 952021280 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 4 ... 10 cmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 30 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension: approx. 8 mm at 10 cmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 2 ms Switching frequency: 250 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

5

4

2

S50

-PA

-2-N

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-N

03-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-N

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-N

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-N

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-N

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-N

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-N

03-P

P

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 2 4 6 8 10 (cm)

Operating distance

10

Detection hysteresis with EASYtouch™ acquisition

Background suppression area

Detection area

Foreground suppression area

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 (cm)

Distance

Dis

tance

10

6

4

2

0

8

(cm)

12

Note: in the fine acquisition mode, the foreground suppression distanceis nearer to the point where the object has been acquired

S50-PA S50-MA 10 cm

33

Page 117: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

FIBRE-OPTIC AMPLIFIER WITH RED EMISSION

The amplifier is built to accept anystandard 2.2 mm Ø fibre-opticwhich can be for either diffused orthrough beam operation. A lockingring when tightened holds thefibres firmly in position. Thesensitivity is adjusted by an IP67rated trimmer. The proximity orthrough beam fibres are mainlyused in applications where space isof a premium and for detection ofsmall objects. Special fibres arealso available for high temperatureand high wear applications. Forfurther information on theextensive range of fibre-opticaccessories please see the OFdatasheet.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Fibre-optics (A.02), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

Fibre fixing nut

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

D

C

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

B

B

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

34

C

B

METAL HOUSING

H

H

B

A

A

E

mm

Page 118: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-E01-NN 952001650 NPNS50-PA-2-E01-PP 952001130 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-MA-2-E01-NN 952021880 NPNS50-MA-2-E01-PP 952021040 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PA-5-E01-NN 952001540 NPNS50-PA-5-E01-PP 952001140 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-E01-NN 952021890 NPNS50-MA-5-E01-PP 952021240 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:proximity 3 cm (OF-42-ST-20 standard fibres) through beam 10 cm (OF-43-ST-20 standard fibres)

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: red LED 660 nmSetting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Fibre fixing nut material: ABSWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-E

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-E

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-E

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-E

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-E

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-E

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-E

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-E

01-P

P2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

6 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 2.5 5 7.5 10 (cm)

Operating distance with standard fibres

Proximty

Through beam

3

10

* standard fibre-optics

Standard fibre-optics:OF-42-ST-20 proximityOF-43-ST-20 through beam

High efficiency fibre-optics or accessorylenses can be used to obtain largeroperating distances. Refer to Fibre-optics (A.02) of the GeneralCatalogue.

Detection area - proximity *Excess gain - proximity *

Excess gain - through beam * Detection area - through beam *

Grey 18%White 90%

White 90%

Grey 18%

S50-PA S50-MA 3/10 cm

35

Page 119: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONTRAST SENSOR WITH WHITE EMISSION

The white light LED emission isdesigned for the detection of alarge number of coloured or grey-scale contrasts, in order to detectprint registration marks or similar.The EASYtouch TM se t t ingprocedures automatically selectsthe best detection conditions,simply by pressing the teach-inpush-button once, in the presenceof a reference mark. By pressingthe teach-in push-button andholding it down until the greenlight on the rear of the sensorflashes, in the presence of thereference mark and then pressingthe button again in the presence ofthe contrast you wish to ignore, ahigher level of accuracy isobtained.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Fibre-optics (A.02), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

CONNECTIONS

A

A

B

B

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

36

C

B

B

C

D E

F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

W

mm

Page 120: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Sensitivity / operating distance

TECHNICAL DATA

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

SELECTION TABLE

Operating distance: 10 mmDepth of field (max.): ± 2 mmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 25 mALight emission: white LED 400 - 700 nmSpot dimension: approx. 4.5 mm at 10 mmMinimum detectable object: 0.5 mmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 100 µs Switching frequency: 5 kHz Operating mode:

dark with EASYtouchTM

automatic dark / light with fine acq.Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

S50

-PA

-2-W

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-W

03-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-W

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-W

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-W

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-W

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-W

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-W

03-P

P plastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-W03-NN 952001710 NPNS50-PA-2-W03-PP 952001320 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-W03-NN 952021590 NPNS50-MA-2-W03-PP 952021110 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-W03-NN 952001600 NPNS50-PA-5-W03-PP 952001330 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-W03-NN 952021750 NPNS50-MA-5-W03-PP 952021310 PNP

TECHNICAL NOTES

1

3

5

4

2

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

Rela

tive s

ensi

tivity

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 4 8 12 (mm)

Operating distance

12

S50-PA S50-MA 10 mm

37

Page 121: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

LUMINESCENCE SENSOR WITH UV EMISSION

The UV light LED emission detectsany luminescent reference, evenon very reflective surfaces, such asceramics, metal or mirrored glass.The EASYtouch TM se t t ingprocedures fixes automatically thebest detection conditions, simplyby pressing the teach-in push-button once, with the luminescentobject present. By pressing theteach-in push-button and holding itdown until the green light on therear of the sensor flashes, with theluminescent object present andthen pressing the button again inthe presence of a luminescentreference you wish to ignore, ahigher level of accuracy isobtained.

DIMENSIONS

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Fibre-optics (A.02), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

CONNECTIONS

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

38

C

B

B

D E

F

C

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

A

A

B

B

ACCESSORIES

U

mm

Page 122: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

SELECTION TABLE

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

plastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-U03-NN 952001700 NPNS50-PA-2-U03-PP 952001300 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-U03-NN 952021580 NPNS50-MA-2-U03-PP 952021100 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-U03-NN 952001590 NPNS50-PA-5-U03-PP 952001310 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-U03-NN 952021740 NPNS50-MA-5-U03-PP 952021300 PNP

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 8 ... 20 mmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 25 mALight emission: UV LED 370 nmSpot dimension: approx. 3 mm at 20 mmMinimum detectable object: 0.5 mmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 500 µs Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode:

dark with EASYtouchTM

automatic dark / light with fine acq.Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

S50

-PA

-2-U

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-U

03-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-U

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-U

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-U

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-U

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-U

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-U

03-P

P

1

3

5

4

2

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 4 8 16 20 (mm)

Operating distance

20

Sensitivity / operating distance

Rela

tive s

ensi

tivity

S50-PA S50-MA 20 mm

39

Page 123: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DISTANCE SENSOR WITH RED EMISSION

This sensor gives an analogue0-10 Vdc output proportional to anobject's distance from the face ofthe sensor over a distance of100 mm. The light intensity of theyellow indicator LED at the rear ofthe sensor is proportional to theobject's distance, the red LEDturns on when the object is outsidethe measurement field.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

OUTPUT status andfield LEDs

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

C

D

E

F

D

C

E

F

C

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

A

A

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

40

Y

mm

Page 124: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

3 Direct proportionality (DIR) is activated when white wire is connected to +Vdc;Inverse proportionality (INV) is activated when white wire is connected to 0 V.The white wire must always be connected.

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 5 ... 10 cmPower supply: 18 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 30 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension: approx. 8 mm at 10 cmIndicators:

yellow proportional OUTPUT LED red field LED

Output type: analogue with 0 ... 10V voltageOutput resistance: 2 kΩLoad resistance: ≥ 20 kΩResponse time: 3,33 ms Switching frequency: 150 Hz Resolution: 1 mm / 200 mVOperating mode: direct / inverse proportionalityConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

6

4

3

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-Y

00-V

K

S50

-PA

-5-Y

00-V

K

S50

-MA

-2-Y

00-V

K

S50

-MA

-5-Y

00-V

K

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-Y00-VK 952001340

metal - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-MA-2-Y00-VK 952021120

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PA-5-Y00-VK 952001350

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-Y00-VK 952021320

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C

1 Limit values

4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

0 2 4 6 8 10 (cm)

Operating distance

10

Measurement field ininverse proportionality

Measurement field indirect proportionality

Direct proportionality (DIR)

Tensi

on (

V)

Tensi

on (

V)

Inverse proportionality (INV)

S50-PA 10 cmS50-MA

41

Page 125: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

MODEL DESCRIPTION ORDER N°

ST-5010 M18/14 fixing bracket 95ACC5230

ST-5011 M18 fixing bracket 95ACC5240

ST-5012 M18 fixing bracket 95ACC5250

ST-5017 M18 fixing bracket 95ACC5270

S50 EASY-IN M18/14 EASYin™ adjustable fixing support 95ACC5300

JOINT-18 M18 jointed support 95ACC5220

SWING-18 adjustable support for plastic tubular M18 sensors 895000006

MICRO-18 support with micrometric regulation for tubular M18 sensors 95ACC1380

SP-40 fixed support for tubular M18 sensors 95ACC1370

MEK-PROOF front protection G5000001

Refer also to Accessories for Sensors of the General Catalogue

TECHNOLOGY

The series is compatible with all the Datasensor accessories already developed fortubular sensors. In the General Catalogue refer to:- CS connectors - R reflectors- OF fibre-optics - ST fixing brackets New accessories dedicated to the S50 series have been developed to cover all thefixing requirements and to improve the functioning.In particular EASYin™ is an innovative fixing system that can be used only for theplastic flat version, that allows a fast and safe positioning of the sensor, facilitating theadjustment as well as the locking and unlocking.

1

2

3

4

5

Housing and fixing nuts in indeformable plasticproviding excellent resistance against hostileenvironments. Indelible laser marking

A modular product developed for the automation ofthe assembling and testing process necessary toguarantee intrinsic quality, repeatability andreliabil i ty. One-piece-flow management forimproved service

6

7

42

1

2

3

4

5

ACCESSORIES

ACCESSORIES SELECTION TABLE AND ORDER INFORMATION

EASYtouch™ is a Datasensor patent-covered technology that allows a rapid and safe setting of micro-controlledsensors equipped with a teach-in push-button. A pressure longer than two seconds of the push-button allows a goodadjustment of the sensitivity threshold. EASYtouch™ is the easiest and fastest calibration procedure available on themarket. The instructions on how to best use EASYtouch™ are given in the product's instruction manual.

Multi-layer fine-line PCB

Chip-size components, integrated circuits in 8bumps flip-chip

Analogue digital ASIC

Power ASIC for antivalent outputs

M12 custom connector compatible with quickconnection systems. The four terminals are cone-shaped to facilitate the direct insertion in the cableconductors (4 x 0,5 mm2)

7

6

Page 126: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIMENSIONS ACCESSORIES

JOINT-18

UNI-5931 M6 SCREWS

VERTICAL OPTIC AXIS HORIZONTAL OPTIC AXIS

S50 EASYin™

UNI-7687 M3 SCREWSUNI-7687 M3 SCREWS

43

Page 127: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

44

DIMENSIONS ACCESSORIES

ST-5010 ST-5011

ST-5017ST-5012

Page 128: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIMENSIONS ACCESSORIES

MICRO-18 SWING-18

SP-40 MEK PROOF

glass

45

* 2 nuts are included

Page 129: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LASER RADIAL OPTICS MODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PH-2-B01-NN 952001950 laser retroreflex 14S50-PH-2-B01-PP 952001940 laser retroreflex 14S50-PH-2-C01-NN 952001990 laser proximity 26S50-PH-2-C01-PP 952001980 laser proximity 26S50-PH-2-F01-NN 952002030 laser receiver 6S50-PH-2-F01-PP 952002020 laser receiver 6S50-PH-2 G00-XG 952002060 laser emitter 6S50-PH-5-B01-NN 952001970 laser retroreflex 14S50-PH-5-B01-PP 952001960 laser retroreflex 14S50-PH-5-C01-NN 952002010 laser proximity 26S50-PH-5-C01-PP 952002000 laser proximity 26S50-PH-5-F01-NN 952002050 laser receiver 6S50-PH-5-F01-PP 952002040 laser receiver 6S50-PH-5-G00-XG 952002070 laser emitter 6

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LASER AXIAL OPTICS MODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PL-2-B01-NN 952001870 laser retroreflex 14S50-PL-2-B01-PP 952001360 laser retroreflex 14S50-PL-2-C01-NN 952001880 laser proximity 26S50-PL-2-C01-PP 952001380 laser proximity 26S50-PL-2-F01-NN 952001890 laser receiver 6S50-PL-2-F01-PP 952001400 laser receiver 6S50-PL-2 G00-XG 952001420 laser emitter 6S50-PL-5-B01-NN 952001840 laser retroreflex 14S50-PL-5-B01-PP 952001370 laser retroreflex 14S50-PL-5-C01-NN 952001850 laser proximity 26S50-PL-5-C01-PP 952001390 laser proximity 26S50-PL-5-F01-NN 952001860 laser receiver 6S50-PL-5-F01-PP 952001410 laser receiver 6S50-PL-5-G00-XG 952001430 laser emitter 6

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH RADIAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PR-2-B01-NN 952001780 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PR-2-B01-PP 952001030 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PR-2-C01-NN 952001790 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PR-2-C01-PP 952001070 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PR-2-C10-NN 952001800 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PR-2-C10-PP 952001490 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PR-2-D00-NN 952001810 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PR-2-D00-PP 952001110 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PR-2-F01-NN 952001820 receiver 2S50-PR-2-F01-PP 952001170 receiver 2S50-PR-2-G00-XG 952001210 emitter 2S50-PR-2-T01-NN 952001830 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PR-2-T01-PP 952001280 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PR-5-B01-NN 952001720 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PR-5-B01-PP 952001040 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PR-5-C01-NN 952001730 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PR-5-C01-PP 952001080 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PR-5-C10-NN 952001740 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PR-5-C10-PP 952001480 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PR-5-D00-NN 952001750 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PR-5-D00-PP 952001120 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PR-5-F01-NN 952001760 receiver 2S50-PR-5-F01-PP 952001180 receiver 2S50-PR-5-G00-XG 952001220 emitter 2S50-PR-5-T01-NN 952001770 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PR-5-T01-PP 952001290 retroreflex for transparents 16

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH AXIAL OPTICS MODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PA-2-A00-NN 952002090 retroreflex 10S50-PA-2-A00-PP 952002080 retroreflex 10S50-PA-2-B01-NN 952001610 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PA-2-B01-PP 952001010 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PA-2-C01-NN 952001620 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PA-2-C01-PP 952001050 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PA-2-C10-NN 952001630 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PA-2-C10-PP 952001240 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PA-2-C21-NN 952002170 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-PA-2-C21-PP 952002160 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-PA-2-D00-NN 952001640 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PA-2-D00-PP 952001090 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PA-2-E01-NN 952001650 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-PA-2-E01-PP 952001130 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-PA-2-F01-NN 952001660 receiver 2S50-PA-2-F01-PP 952001150 receiver 2S50-PA-2-G00-XG 952001190 emitter 2S50-PA-2-M03-NN 952001670 background suppression 28S50-PA-2-M03-PP 952001230 background suppression 28S50-PA-2-N03-NN 952001680 fore-background suppression 32S50-PA-2-N03-PP 952001440 fore-background suppression 32S50-PA-2-T01-NN 952001690 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PA-2-T01-PP 952001260 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PA-2-U03-NN 952001700 luminescence sensor 38S50-PA-2-U03-PP 952001300 luminescence sensor 38S50-PA-2-W03-NN 952001710 contrast sensor 36S50-PA-2-W03-PP 952001320 contrast sensor 36S50-PA-2-Y00-VK 952001340 distance sensor 40S50-PA-5-A00-NN 952002110 retroreflex 10S50-PA-5-A00-PP 952002100 retroreflex 10S50-PA-5-B01-NN 952001500 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PA-5-B01-PP 952001020 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PA-5-C01-NN 952001510 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PA-5-C01-PP 952001060 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PA-5-C10-NN 952001520 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PA-5-C10-PP 952001250 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PA-5-C21-NN 952002190 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-PA-5-C21-PP 952002180 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-PA-5-D00-NN 952001530 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PA-5-D00-PP 952001100 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PA-5-E01-NN 952001540 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-PA-5-E01-PP 952001140 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-PA-5-F01-NN 952001550 receiver 2S50-PA-5-F01-PP 952001160 receiver 2S50-PA-5-G00-XG 952001200 emitter 2S50-PA-5-M03-NN 952001560 background suppression 28S50-PA-5-M03-PP 952001000 background suppression 28S50-PA-5-N03-NN 952001570 fore-background suppression 32S50-PA-5-N03-PP 952001450 fore-background suppression 32S50-PA-5-T01-NN 952001580 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PA-5-T01-PP 952001270 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PA-5-U03-NN 952001590 luminescence sensor 38S50-PA-5-U03-PP 952001310 luminescence sensor 38S50-PA-5-W03-NN 952001600 contrast sensor 36S50-PA-5-W03-PP 952001330 contrast sensor 36S50-PA-5-Y00-VK 952001350 distance sensor 40

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LATERAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PS-2-M03-NN 952001900 background suppression 30S50-PS-2-M03-PP 952001910 background suppression 30S50-PS-5-M03-NN 952001920 background suppression 30S50-PS-5-M03-PP 952001930 background suppression 30

MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX

46

Page 130: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LASER AXIAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-ML-2-B01-NN 952021820 laser retroreflex 14S50-ML-2-B01-PP 952021400 laser retroreflex 14S50-ML-2-C01-NN 952021830 laser proximity 26S50-ML-2-C01-PP 952021410 laser proximity 26S50-ML-2-F01-NN 952021840 laser receiver 8S50-ML-2-F01-PP 952021420 laser receiver 8S50-ML-2-G00-XG 952021430 laser emitter 8S50-ML-5-B01-NN 952021850 laser retroreflex 14S50-ML-5-B01-PP 952021440 laser retroreflex 14S50-ML-5-C01-NN 952021860 laser proximity 26S50-ML-5-C01-PP 952021450 laser proximity 26S50-ML-5-F01-NN 952021870 laser receiver 8S50-ML-5-F01-PP 952021460 laser receiver 8S50-ML-5-G00-XG 952021470 laser emitter 8

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH RADIAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-MR-2-B01-NN 952021600 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MR-2-B01-PP 952021140 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MR-2-C01-NN 952021610 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MR-2-C01-PP 952021150 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MR-2-C10-NN 952021620 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MR-2-C10-PP 952021490 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MR-2-D00-NN 952021630 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MR-2-D00-PP 952021160 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MR-2-F01-NN 952021640 receiver 4S50-MR-2-F01-PP 952021170 receiver 4S50-MR-2-G00-XG 952021180 emitter 4S50-MR-2-T01-NN 952021650 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MR-2-T01-PP 952021190 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MR-5-B01-NN 952021760 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MR-5-B01-PP 952021340 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MR-5-C01-NN 952021770 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MR-5-C01-PP 952021350 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MR-5-C10-NN 952021780 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MR-5-C10-PP 952021480 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MR-5-D00-NN 952021790 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MR-5-D00-PP 952021360 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MR-5-F01-NN 952021800 receiver 4S50-MR-5-F01-PP 952021370 receiver 4S50-MR-5-G00-XG 952021380 emitter 4S50-MR-5-T01-NN 952021810 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MR-5-T01-PP 952021390 retroreflex for transparents 16

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH AXIAL OPTICS MODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-MA-2-A00-NN 952022090 retroreflex 10S50-MA-2-A00-PP 952022080 retroreflex 10S50-MA-2-B01-NN 952021500 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MA-2-B01-PP 952021000 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MA-2-C01-NN 952021510 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MA-2-C01-PP 952021010 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MA-2-C10-NN 952021520 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MA-2-C10-PP 952021020 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MA-2-C21-NN 952022130 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-MA-2-C21-PP 952022120 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-MA-2-D00-NN 952021530 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MA-2-D00-PP 952021030 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MA-2-E01-NN 952021880 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-MA-2-E01-PP 952021040 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-MA-2-F01-NN 952021540 receiver 4S50-MA-2-F01-PP 952021050 receiver 4S50-MA-2-G00-XG 952021060 emitter 4S50-MA-2-M03-NN 952021550 background suppression 28S50-MA-2-M03-PP 952021070 background suppression 28S50-MA-2-N03-NN 952021560 fore-background suppression 32S50-MA-2-N03-PP 952021080 fore-background suppression 32S50-MA-2-T01-NN 952021570 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MA-2-T01-PP 952021090 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MA-2-U03-NN 952021580 luminescence sensor 38S50-MA-2-U03-PP 952021100 luminescence sensor 38S50-MA-2-W03-NN 952021590 contrast sensor 36S50-MA-2-W03-PP 952021110 contrast sensor 36S50-MA-2-Y00-VK 952021120 distance sensor 40S50-MA-5-A00-NN 952022110 retroreflex 10S50-MA-5-A00-PP 952022100 retroreflex 10S50-MA-5-B01-NN 952021660 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MA-5-B01-PP 952021200 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MA-5-C01-NN 952021670 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MA-5-C01-PP 952021210 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MA-5-C10-NN 952021680 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MA-5-C10-PP 952021220 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MA-5-C21-NN 952022150 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-MA-5-C21-PP 952022140 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-MA-5-D00-NN 952021690 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MA-5-D00-PP 952021230 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MA-5-E01-NN 952021890 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-MA-5-E01-PP 952021240 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-MA-5-F01-NN 952021700 receiver 4S50-MA-5-F01-PP 952021250 receiver 4S50-MA-5-G00-XG 952021260 emitter 4S50-MA-5-M03-NN 952021710 background suppression 28S50-MA-5-M03-PP 952021270 background suppression 28S50-MA-5-N03-NN 952021720 fore-background suppression 32S50-MA-5-N03-PP 952021280 fore-background suppression 32S50-MA-5-T01-NN 952021730 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MA-5-T01-PP 952021290 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MA-5-U03-NN 952021740 luminescence sensor 38S50-MA-5-U03-PP 952021300 luminescence sensor 38S50-MA-5-W03-NN 952021750 contrast sensor 36S50-MA-5-W03-PP 952021310 contrast sensor 36S50-MA-5-Y00-VK 952021320 distance sensor 40

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LASER RADIAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-MH-2-B01-NN 952021940 laser retroreflex 14S50-MH-2-B01-PP 952021950 laser retroreflex 14S50-MH-2-C01-NN 952021990 laser proximity 26S50-MH-2-C01-PP 952021980 laser proximity 26S50-MH-2-F01-NN 952022030 laser receiver 8S50-MH-2-F01-PP 952022020 laser receiver 8S50-MH-2-G00-XG 952022060 laser emitter 8S50-MH-5-B01-NN 952021970 laser retroreflex 14S50-MH-5-B01-PP 952021960 laser retroreflex 14S50-MH-5-C01-NN 952022010 laser proximity 26S50-MH-5-C01-PP 952022000 laser proximity 26S50-MH-5-F01-NN 952022050 laser receiver 8S50-MH-5-F01-PP 952022040 laser receiver 8S50-MH-5-G00-XG 952022070 laser emitter 8

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LATERAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-MS-2-M03-NN 952021900 background suppression 30S50-MS-2-M03-PP 952021910 background suppression 30S50-MS-5-M03-NN 952021920 background suppression 30S50-MS-5-M03-PP 952021930 background suppression 30

47

MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX

Page 131: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S 5 0 - P A - 2 - B 0 1 - N N

MODEL CODING TABLE

Note: Not all code combinations are available. Please refer to alphabetical model index for the list of available models.

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

UN

IVE

RS

AL

TU

BU

LA

R S

EN

SO

RS

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products. P

rin

ted

in It

aly

in O

cto

ber

200

7R

ev. 0

6

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

Distributed by:

HOUSING P = plastic flatM = metal cylindrical

OPTICSA = axialH = laser radialL = laser axial R = radialS = lateral

CONNECTION2 = cable5 = M12 connector

OPTIC FUNCTION refer to MODELALPHABETICALINDEX

SETTING0 = fixed1 = trimmer 3 = teach-in

push-button

INPUTS / OUTPUTS NN = NPN NO-NC outputsPP = PNP NO-NC outputsXG = no output - test inputVK = 0 - 10 Vdc output with

dir/inv sel. input

Page 132: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

COAXIAL POLARISED RETROREFLEX FOR TRANSPARENTS

The high sensitivity and reducedhysterisis of this retroreflex sensorallow to detect even the slightestattenuat ion of the received lightemission, caused by the presenceof transparent objects, such asglass or PET bottles or plastic filmsheets for packaging. The presenceof polarisation filters avoids falseswitching on shiny surfaces andthe coaxial optics improves thedetection precision on the entireoperating range.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing Brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS Output status LED

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

A

B

C

D

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate clockwise to increase the operating distance.

12

T

A

C

C

D

S60-PA-5S60-PA-2

B

A

BROWN

WHITE

BLACK

BLUE

NO OUTPUT

Vdc

NC OUTPUT

0V -(BLUE)

(WHITE)

+ 10 ... 30 Vdc(BROWN)

(BLACK)

NO OUTPUT

NC OUTPUT

Page 133: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

1 Limit values2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° trimmer4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEcoaxial optics - 2 m cable S60-PA-2-T51-NN 956201530 NPNS60-PA-2-T51-PP 956201380 PNP

coaxial optics - M12 connectorS60-PA-5-T51-NN 956201250 NPNS60-PA-5-T51-PP 956201100 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 0 ... 2 m Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 40 mALight emission: red LED 660 nmSpot dimension: aprox. 50 mm at 1.5 mSetting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 500 µs Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: ABSLens materiale: window in glass (tilted anti-reflection)Weight:

90 g max. 40 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

6

7

2

S60

-PA

-2-T

51-N

N

S60

-PA

-2-T

51-P

P

S60

-PA

-5-T

51-N

N

S60

-PA

-5-T

51-P

P

0,50 1 1,5 2 (m)

R2 1,5

Recommended operating distanceMaximum operating distance

R5

1,4

TECHNICAL NOTES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

Detection areaExcess gain

1,7 2

1,7

R2

R5

R2

R5

2 m

5 Connector can be blocked on two positions 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on outputs

7 Internal lenses in glass

13

II3D

Page 134: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S2Z SERIESThe new S2Z Maxi series offers 4models, with basic optic functions: - through beam - polarized retroreflex - diffuse proximity- background suppression Versions with continuous and free-voltage Vac. Adjustable timingversions are also available.SPDT relay and bipolar transistorNPN/PNP open collector outputsare also offered.Terminal block connectionsimplif ies and speeds-upinstallation. The heavy-dutyplastic housing guaranteesexcellent resistance in the mostsevere working conditions.

HIGHLIGHTS

• IP67 mechanical protection

• Timing versions

• Terminal block connection

• Versions with continuous and

multi-voltage power supply

• Anti-interference system

• Shock-resistant housing ideal for

severe working conditions

CARATTERISTICHE

Conveyors

APPLICATIONS

www.automation.datalogic.com

SE

NS

OR

S

SENSORSMAXI SENSORS

Automotive industry

Automatic warehouses

Page 135: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

Receiver B/C model

Emitter C model

Emitter B model

Emitter M model

F/G model

DIMENSIONS

www.automation.datalogic.com

The M model presents a multi-turn adjustment screw for theadjustment of the backgroundsuppression distance through amechanical variation of the optictriangulation angle. The othermodels have a mono-turnelectronic trimmer that adjuststhe sensitivity and the sensoroperating distance. The operatingdistance increases, rotating thescrews in a clockwise direction.The output activation anddeactivation delay time can beadjusted by a trimmer that canvary from 0.1 to 5 sec. and thesensor functioning mode can beselected thanks to a ten-positionselector.

mm

A

B

C

A

B

C

D

OUTPUT LED (yellow)

STABILITY LED (green)

Adjustment screw (only M model)

Sensitivity trimmer (B/C/F/G model)

Timing control

Operating mode selector

D

E

F

E

F

INDICATORS

SETTING

MULTI-VOLTAGE MODELS

CONTINUOUS MODELS

S2Z…B/C/F/M S2Z…G

S2Z…B/C/F/M S2Z…G

Page 136: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

COMMON SPECIFICATIONS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M

Emission type: IR LED red LED IR LED

Operating distances (typical values): 50m 0.2…7m 1m 0.2…2m

Setting: Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer Multi-turn distance

adjustment screw

White/Black difference (90% / 4%) < 35%

Hysteresis on 90% white: ≤ 20% ≤ 15%

Indicators: OUTPUT LED (yellow) OUTPUT LED

STABILITY LED (green) (yellow)

Operating temperature: -25…50°C

Storage temperature: -40…70°C

Dielectric strength: 500Vac 1 min between electronics and housing

Insulating resistance: >20MΩ 500 Vdc between electronics and housing

Ambient light rejection: according to EN 60947-5-2

Vibrations: 0.5mm width, 10 … 55Hz frequency, for each axis (EN60068-2-6)

Shock resistance: 11ms (30G) 6 shocks for each axis (EN60068-2-27)

Housing material: PBT

Lens material: PC/PET PMMA PC/PET PMMA/PC

Mechanical protection: IP67 (IEC / EN60529) / NEMA TYPE 1 (For UL / c-UL)

Connections: Terminal block (recommended cable diameter between 8 and 10 mm)

MULTI-VOLTAGE MODELS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M

Power supply: 24…240Vac / 12…240Vdc

Ripple: 10% max

Consumption (output current excluded): 3VA max 3VA max

(G model)

3VA max

(F model)

Outputs: SPDT electromagnetic relay: 250Vac, 30Vdc

Output current: 3A (resistance load)

Response time: 20ms max

Switching frequency: 25Hz

Weight: 115g (G mod) 130g

130g (F mod)

CONTINUOUS MODELS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M

Power supply: 12…24Vdc

Ripple: 10% max

Consumption (output current excluded): 20mA max 30mA max.

(G model)

25mA max

(F model)

Outputs: PNP and NPN open collector

Output current: 100 mA (resistance load)

Output saturation voltage: 2.4V max

Response time: 1ms max

Switching frequency: 500Hz

Weight: 105g (G mod) 110g

110g (F mod)

TECHNICAL DATA

Page 137: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

www.automation.datalogic.com

TIMING FUNCTION DIAGRAM

Four selectable timing functions: one shot, ON delay, OFF delay and normal mode. Thefunctions can be adjusted, using a trimmer, from 0.1 to 5 seconds.

The timing functions can be particularly useful in applications where the output signal pulse hasto be modified.

Page 138: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Through beam

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

m

cm

Diffuse proximity

mm

mm

Polarized retroreflex on R2 reflector

mm

mm

Background suppression

mm

%

6% black /90% white

18% grey /90% white

90% white

18% grey

Other modelsThrough beam

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

200 40 60 80 (m)

7050

20 4 6 8 10 (m)

S2Z-M

S2Z-B

2

S2Z-C1

2.1

1.2

7 9

Page 139: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

MODEL POWER SUPPLY DELAY OUTPUT N° ORDERS2Z-PA-1-B01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051000S2Z-PA-1-B06-RX Vac/Vdc • Relay 95B051010S2Z-PA-5-B01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051020S2Z-PA-5-B06-OX Vdc • PNP/NPN transistor 95B051030S2Z-PA-1-M01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051040S2Z-PA-1-M06-RX Vac/Vdc • Relay 95B051050S2Z-PA-5-M01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051060S2Z-PA-5-M06-OX Vdc • PNP/NPN transistor 95B051070 S2Z-PA-1-C01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051080S2Z-PA-1-C06-RX Vac/Vdc • Relay 95B051090S2Z-PA-5-C01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051100S2Z-PA-5-C06-OX Vdc • PNP/NPN transistor 95B051110S2Z-PA-1-FG01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051130S2Z-PA-1-FG06-R Vac/Vdc • Relay 95B051140S2Z-PA-5-FG01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051160S2Z-PA-5-FG06-OX Vdc • PNP/NPN transistor 95B051170

The company endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason the technical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variationswithout prior notice. For correct installation and use, the company can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manual supplied with the products.

Printed in Italy in May 2009, Rev. 00

www.datasensor.comwww.automation.datalogic.com

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Page 140: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

The TL10 series is composed of analog contrast sensors with incandescent lampemission with long life and easy interchangeability.The sensors present a mechanical multi-turn optic adjuster for the sensitivityregulation, a switch for the dark/light operating mode selection and a red LED thatsignals the NPN transistor output activation. Different models are available with 8, 28 and 50 mm lenses.

TL10 SERIES

ANALOGUE SENSORS WITH LAMP EMISSION

• Incandescent lamp emission • Optic adjustment of the sensitivity• 8, 28 and 50 mm lenses available • Dark/light mode selector

The sensors of the TL10 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts. Contrast sensors of the TLµ series are recommended for replacements, newapplications and improved performances.

Page 141: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

TECHNICAL DATA DETECTION DIAGRAMSPower supply: ............................................... 10 ... 30 Vdc, reverse polarity protection

4.5 Vac for lamp emission

Consumption: ............................................... 50 mA max.

Light emission: ............................................. 4.5 V (0,8 A) incandescent lamp

Spot dimension: ........................................... 5 x 1 mm (8 mm lens)

6 x 2.5 mm (28 mm lens)

8 x 2.5 mm (50 mm lens)

Operating distance: ...................................... 8 ... 12 mm (8 mm lens)

28 ... 36 mm (28 mm lens)

46 ... 54 mm (50 mm lens)

Depth of field: ............................................... ±2 mm (8 mm lens)

±4 mm (28 and 50 mm lenses)

Setting: .......................................................... mechanical multi-turn actuator

Indicators: ..................................................... red OUTPUT LED

Output type: .................................................. NPN

Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1.4 V max.

Output current: ............................................. 100 mA max., short-circuit protection

Response time: .............................................50 µs max.

Switching frequency: ................................... 10 KHz max.

Operating mode : ..........................................dark/light selectable

Connection: ...................................................3 m Ø 5.5 mm cable

cable with Amphenol connector

Electrical protection: ....................................class 1

Mechanical protection: ................................ IP67

Housing material: ......................................... ZAMA

Lens material: ............................................... glass

Weight: .......................................................... 600 g max.

Operating temperature: ................................-10 ... +55°C

Storage temperature: ................................... -20 ... +70°C

Fibre operating temperature: ...................... -30 ... +60°C

Reference standard: ..................................... EN 60947-5-2

Certifications: ...............................................

The operating distances indicate the detection distance with excess gain 2.

28 mm lens

8 mm lens

50 mm lens

The detection diagrams indicate the typicaloperating distance with excess gain 1.

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

Page 142: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

DIMENSIONS

CABLE VERSIONS

28 mm lens

50 mm lens

AMPHENOL CONNECTOR VERSIONS

mm

46

50

Ø 4

8.5

M20x0

.75

Ø 3

3

42

M20x0

.75

6

44

Page 143: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

MODEL DESCRIPTION CODE N°

010066 6V/6W lamp vertical spot (standard vers.) S2600030

010067 6V/6W lamp horizontal spot (90° vers.) S2610300

Please refer also to Sensor Accessories

MODEL OPTICS SPOT CONNECTION OUTPUT CODE N°

TL10-011 8 mm vertical cable NPN S917660100

TL10-012 8 mm vertical Amphenol connector NPN S917660105

TL10-011L 8 mm horizontal cable NPN S917660102

TL10-021 28 mm vertical cable NPN S917660101

TL10-031 50 mm vertical cable NPN S917660103

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

ACCESSORY SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Distributed by:

Pri

nte

d in

Ital

y in

Ju

ly 2

005

Rev

. 02

The sensors of the TL10 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts. Contrast sensors of the TLµ series are recommended for replacements, newapplications and improved performances.

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products.

Page 144: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

• Red or green selectable LED emission • Threshold setting with multi-turn trimmer • 9, 18, 28 mm lenses and fibre-optics available • Selectable NPN/PNP output and dark/light mode

The TL80 series is composed of analog-based contast sensors with LEDemission, distinguished by good depth of field and high switching frequencyreaching 10 kHz.Switching threshold setting is aided by two arrow indicators showing the multiturntrimmer’s rotation direction; moreover switches for the selection of the red orgreen emission, dark or light operating mode, NPN or PNP output and timingfunction are also present.Accessory lenses for different operating distances and various proximity andthrough beam fibre-optics extend the application possibilities. The sturdy metalhousing guarantees IP67 protection.

TL80 SERIES

ANALOG SENSORS WITH LED EMISSION

The sensors of the TL80 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts. Contrast sensors of the TLµ series are recommended for replacements, newapplications and improved performances.

Page 145: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

TECHNICAL DATA DETECTION DIAGRAMSPower supply: ............................................... 10 ... 30 Vdc, reverse polarity protection

Consumption: ............................................... 80 mA max.

Light emission: ............................................. red 630 nm / green 526 nm LED

Spot dimension: ........................................... 1.5 x 5 mm (9 mm lens)

2 x 7 mm (18 mm lens)

3 x 10 mm (28 mm lens)

Operating distance: ...................................... 7 ... 11 mm (9 mm lens)

16 ... 20 mm (18 mm lens)

25 ... 31 mm (28 mm lens)

Operating distance with fibre-optics: ......... 0 ... 5 mm proximity

0 ... 15 mm through beam

Depth of field: ............................................... ±2 mm (9 and 18 mm lenses)

±3 mm (28 mm lens)

Setting: .......................................................... multi-turn trimmer

Indicators: ..................................................... red OUTPUT LED

red LEDs for trimmer rotation direction

Output type: .................................................. NPN or PNP, Rpull-down/up 10 kΩ

Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1.2 V max. (NPN vers.)

2.2 V max. (PNP vers.)

Output current: ............................................. 200 mA max.; short-circuit protection

Response time: .............................................50 µs (8, 18 mm, fibre-optic vers.)

166 µs (28 mm vers.)

Switching frequency: ................................... 10 KHz max. (8, 18 mm, fibre-optic vers.)

3.3 KHz max. (28 mm vers.)

Operating mode: ...........................................dark/light selectable

Analog output range: ................................... 0 ... 5.5 Vdc (2 Vdc on white 90%)

2.2 kΩ output resistance

Timing function: ........................................... 20 ms minimum output ON

Connection: ...................................................M12 4-pole conn., 3 m Ø 5 mm cable

or cable with Amphenol connector

Electrical protection: ....................................class 1

Mechanical protection: ................................ IP67

Housing material: ......................................... ZAMA

Lens material: ............................................... glass

Fibre-optic material: ..................................... fibre in glass / sheath in metal

fibre in PMMA / sheath in PE (OF-30)

Weight: .......................................................... 550 g max.

Operating temerature: .................................. -10 ... +55°C

Storage temperature: ................................... -20 ... +70°C

Fibre operating temperature: ...................... -30 ... +150°C (glass OF vers.)

-30 ... +60°C (OF-30)

Reference standard: ..................................... EN 60947-5-2

Certifications: ...............................................

18 mm lens

9 mm lens

28 mm lens

Proximity fibre-optics

Through beam fibre-optics

mm

mm

%

mm

mm

mm

%

%

%

%

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

Page 146: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

DIMENSIONS

mm

M12 CONNECTOR

AMPHENOL CONNECTOR VERSIONS

OF-35

OPTIC FIBRES

OF-30

OF-31

OF-32

OF-33

OF-34

2.512.5 12.5 27.5

50035

Ø 3

M4

12.5+0-0.1

1000

35

Ø 8

Ø 2.5M6

12.5+0-0.11000

35

Ø 8

3

1

M6

12.5+0-0.11000

35

Ø 8

Ø 1.6

M6

12.5+0-0.1

12.5+0-0.1

1000

1000

35

35

1

88

3

3

13.4

M5x5 n°8

21

30

87

41.5

28

36

.5

62.5

58.5

Ø 5

Ø 25

Ø 25

Ø 33

24

15.5

4

744.5

75

28

Page 147: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

MODEL DESCRIPTION CODE N°

OF-30-5 plastic fibre-optic L 50 cm - point-shaped spot proximity 96B001070

OF-31-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - point-shaped spot proximity 96B201000

OF-32-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - rectangular spot proximity 96B211000

OF-33-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - through beam 96B221000

OF-34-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - horizontal spot 90° proximity 96B231000

OF-35-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - vertical spot 90° proximity 96B241000

Please refer also to Sensor Accessories

MODEL SPOT OPTICS CONNECTION CODE N°

TL80-011 vertical 9 mm cable 964051000

TL80-011L horizontal 9 mm cable 964051010

TL80-012 vertical 9 mm Amphenol connector 964051020

TL80-012L horizontal 9 mm Amphenol connector 964051030

TL80-015 vertical 9 mm M12 connector 964051040

TL80-015L horizontal 9 mm M12 connector 964051050

TL80-061 vertical 18 mm cable 964051180

TL80-065 vertical 18 mm M12 connector 964051220

TL80-021 vertical 28 mm cable 964051060

TL80-025 vertical 28 mm M12 connector 964051100

TL80F-041 refer to fibers optic fibre cable 964051120

TL80F-042 refer to fibers optic fibre Amphenol connector 964051130

TL80F-045 refer to fibers optic fibre M12 connector 964051140

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

ACCESSORY SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Distributed by:

Pri

nte

d in

Ital

y in

Ju

ly 2

005

Rev

. 04

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products.

The sensors of the TL80 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts. Contrast sensors of the TLµ series are recommended for replacements, newapplications and improved performances.

Page 148: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

UN

IVE

RS

AL

MA

XI S

EN

SO

RS

• Sensitivity adjustment and Stability LED• Free voltage power supply and relay output • 10-30 Vdc power supply with NPN and PNP outputs • Versions with 5 timing functions

The photoelectric sensors of the S2 series are enclosed in sturdy plastic housings,developed to guarantee the complete protection of the control panel andconnection terminals. The free voltage versions present a relay output, while the 10-30 Vdc versionshave a double NPN and PNP output, both available with 1 or 2 m proximity, 5 mpolarised retroreflex, 3 m polarised retroreflex and 10 or 50 m through beam opticfunctions.The red output LED and the green stability LED are visible through the IP66hermetically-sealed cover, that also protects the terminal block and commands,such as the sensitivity adjustment trimmer and dark/light operating mode selector.The versions with output timing present a trimmer to regulate the time up to 16 s.and a selector to set 5 different functions.

S2 SERIES

MULTI-FUNCTION SENSORS

Page 149: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

TECHNICAL DATA DETECTION DIAGRAMSPower supply: ............................................... 10 ... 30 Vdc, reverse polarity protection

15 ... 264 Vac/Vdc

Consumption: ............................................... 30 mA max. (d.c. vers.)

3 VA max. (a.c. vers.)

Light emission: ............................................. infrared LED 880 nm

red LED 660 nm (B vers.)

Diffuse proximity operating distance: ........ 1 ... 90 cm (C90 vers.)

1 ... 200 cm (C200 vers.)

Retroreflex operating distance: .................. 0.1 ... 5 m (on R2)

Polarised retroreflex operating distance: .. 0.15 ... 3 m (on R2)

Through beam operating distance: ............ 0 ... 10 m (G10/F10 vers.)

0 ... 50 m (G50/F50 vers.)

Setting: .......................................................... sensitivity trimmer

Indicators: ..................................................... red OUTPUT LED

green STABILITY LED

Output type: .................................................. NPN and PNP, open collector (d.c. vers.)

or relay 1 NO contact (a.c. vers.)

Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1 V max. (NPN vers.)

2 V max. (PNP vers.)

Output current: ............................................. 100 mA max., short-circuit protection

relay 1 A (250 Vac), resistive load

Response time: .............................................1 ms max. (d.c. vers.)

20 ms max. (a.c. vers.)

Switching frequency: ................................... 500 Hz max. (d.c. vers.)

25 Hz max. (a.c. vers.)

Timing function: ........................................... normal, ON-delay, OFF-delay, ON/OFF-

delay, one-shot all adjustable from 0.6

to 16 sec.

Operating mode: ...........................................dark/light selectable

Connection: ...................................................terminal block with 4 screw terminals

gland for cables with 8 to 10 mm diameter

Electrical protection: ................................... class 1 (a.c. vers.)

class 2 (d.c. vers.)

Mechanical protection: ................................ IP66

Housing material: ......................................... PBT plastic

Lens material: ............................................... PMMA plastic

Weight: .......................................................... 100 g max.

Operating temperature: ................................-25 ... +55°C

Storage temperature: ................................... -25 ... +70°C

Reference standard: ..................................... EN 60947-5-2

Certifications: ...............................................

The operating distances indicate the detection distance with excess gain 2.

S2-x-C200-x

S2-x-C90-x

S2-x-B3-x

S2-x-F10/G10

S2-x-F50/G50

White R90%Grey R18%

White R90%

R5R2

Grey R18%

S2-x-A5-x

R5R2

The detection diagrams indicate the typicaloperating distance with excess gain 1.

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

Page 150: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

DIMENSIONS

S2-5-A/B/C/F S2-5-G

S2-1-A/B/C/F S2-1-G

mm

Page 151: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

UN

IVE

RS

AL

MA

XI S

EN

SO

RS

VERSIONS WITH 15 ... 264 Vac/Vdc POWER SUPPLYMODEL FUNCTION OUTPUT CODE N°

S2-1-C90 proximity relay J950530390

S2-1-C90T proximity relay with timer J950535390

S2-1-C200 proximity relay J950530393

S2-1-C200T proximity relay with timer J950535393

S2-1-A5 retroreflex relay J950330390

S2-1-A5T retroreflex relay with timer J950335390

S2-1-B3 polarised retroreflex relay J950320390

S2-1-B3T polarised retroreflex relay with timer J950325390

S2-1-F10 receiver relay J950200390

S2-1-F10T receiver relay with timer J950205390

S2-1-F50 receiver relay J950200394

S2-1-F50T receiver relay with timer J950205394

S2-1-G10 emitter - J950139990

S2-1-G50 emitter - J950139995

VERSIONS WITH 10 ... 30 Vdc POWER SUPPLYMODEL FUNCTION OUTPUT CODE N°

S2-5-C90 proximity NPN/PNP J950530000

S2-5-C90T proximity NPN/PNP with timer J950535000

S2-5-C200 proximity NPN/PNP J950530003

S2-5-C200T proximity NPN/PNP with timer J950535003

S2-5-A5 retroreflex NPN/PNP J950330000

S2-5-A5T retroreflex NPN/PNP with timer J950335000

S2-5-B3 polarised retroreflex NPN/PNP J950320000

S2-5-B3T polarised retroreflex NPN/PNP with timer J950325000

S2-5-F10 receiver NPN/PNP J950200000

S2-5-F10T receiver NPN/PNP with timer J950205000

S2-5-F50 receiver NPN/PNP J950200004

S2-5-F50T receiver NPN/PNP with timer J950205004

S2-5-G10 emitter - J950139900

S2-5-G50 emitter - J950139905

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Distributed by:

Pri

nte

d in

Ital

y in

Ju

ly 2

005

Rev

. 02

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products.

Page 152: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

UN

IVE

RS

AL

TU

BU

LA

R S

EN

SO

RS

• Complete range of optic functions, universal, applicationand laser class 1

• Flat plastic tubular housing for improved versatility ormetal cylindrical housing

• Versions with axial or radial optics, with fixed, trimmer orEASYtouch™ teach-in adjustment

• Cable or M12 connection with EN standard NPN or PNPNO-NC configuration

The S50 series offers all optical functions within a M18 housing. With the universal sensing functions of proximity, polarised retroreflex and throughbeam, which are also available with class 1 laser emission, as well as the moreadvanced functions of background suppression, background/foregroundsuppression, analogue displacement, contrast and luminescence, the S50 really isone housing for all applications.The S50 setting is carried out-by either by potentiometer, which is sealed to IP67,or using the patented EASYtouch™ push-button teach system, which gives rapidand precise automatic setting of the switching points.The S50 series is available both in flat plastic format ideal for M18 nut or screwmounting through the sensor body, as well as a cylindrical metal housing. Axial orradial optics are available in both housings with integral cable or M12 connectionconforming to EN 60947-5-2, the European wiring standard. The performance,versatility and extensive optical sensing options, positions the S50 series as thenew bench mark for customers focused on the evolution of technology anddevelopment of standards.

S50 SERIES

M18 MULTIFUNCTION OPTOELECTRONICSENSORS

one for all

Page 153: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andstability LEDs (receiver);power on LED (emitter)

Adjustment tr immer(receiver)

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

B

B

F

F

D

C C

CC

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

THROUGH BEAM WITH INFRARED EMISSION

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

EMITTER

RECEIVER

B

EMITTER

S50-PA/PR-5S50-PA/PR-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

RECEIVER

RADIAL OPTICS

2

A

Longer operating distances can beobtained utilising separate emitterand receiver units. The infraredemission is modulated to avoidinterference with other lightsources and the emitter is fittedwith test inputs for remote systeminterrogation.

G/F

mm

Page 154: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

receiver - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-PA-2-F01-NN 952001660 NPNS50-PA-2-F01-PP 952001150 PNP

emitter - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-PA-2-G00-XG 952001190

receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-F01-NN 952001820 NPNS50-PR-2-F01-PP 952001170 PNP

emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-G00-XG 952001210

receiver - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-F01-NN 952001550 NPNS50-PA-5-F01-PP 952001160 PNP

emitter - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-G00-XG 952001200

receiver - radial optics - M12 connector S50-PR-5-F01-NN 952001760 NPNS50-PR-5-F01-PP 952001180 PNP

emitter - radial optics - M12 connector S50-PR-5-G00-XG 952001220

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 Emitter off with Test+ on Vdc and Test- on 0 V5 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 30 mradial optics 0 ... 25 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption:

emitter ≤ 35 mAreceiver ≤ 30 mA

Light emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 500 mm at 15 mradial optics approx. 470 mm at 10 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED green POWER ON LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 2 ms Switching frequency: 250 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCAuxiliary functions: Test + and Test -Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: PBTLens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

6

7

2

S50

-PA

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-PR

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-PA

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-PR

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-G

00-X

G

6 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

7 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

receiver outputs

3

SELECTION TABLE

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

S50-PA/PR 30 m

II3D

0 15 30 (m)

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

axial

radial 20

30

25

Detection areaExcess gain

axial

axial

radial

radial

25

Page 155: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Longer operating distances can beobtained utilising separate emitterand receiver units. The infraredemission is modulated to avoidinterference with other lightsources and the emitter is fittedwith test inputs for remote systeminterrogation.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

D E

THROUGH BEAM WITH INFRARED EMISSION

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

EMITTER

RECEIVER

S50-MA/MR-5S50-MA/MR-2

B B

RADIAL OPTICS

4

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs (receiver);power on LED (emitter)

Adjustment tr immer(receiver)

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

A

B

C

D

E

CONNECTIONS

C C

CC

B

A

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

EMITTER

RECEIVER

G/F

mm

Page 156: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

5

TECHNICAL DATA

TECHNICAL NOTES

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 30 mradial optics 0 ... 25 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption:

emitter ≤ 35 mAreceiver ≤ 30 mA

Light emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 500 mm at 15 mradial optics approx. 470 mm at 10 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED green POWER ON LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 2 ms Switching frequency: 250 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCAuxiliary functions: Test + and Test -Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: nickel plated brassLens material: PMMAWeight:

110 g max. 60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

S50

-MA

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-MR

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-MA

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-MR

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-G

00-X

G

1

3

4

5

7

6

2

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 Emitter off with Test+ on Vdc and Test- on 0 V5 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

6 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

7 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

receiver outputs

SELECTION TABLE

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

receiver - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-F01-NN 952021700 NPNS50-MA-2-F01-PP 952021250 PNP

emitter - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-G00-XG 952021060

receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-F01-NN 952021640 NPNS50-MR-2-F01-PP 952021170 PNP

emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-G00-XG 952021180

receiver - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-F01-NN 952021700 NPNS50-MA-5-F01-PP 952021250 PNP

emitter - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-G00-XG 952021260

receiver - radial optics - M12 connector S50-MR-5-F01-NN 952021800 NPNS50-MR-5-F01-PP 952021370 PNP

emitter - radial optics - M12 connector S50-MR-5-G00-XG 952021380

S50-MA/MR 30 m

II3D

0 15 30 (m)

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

axial

radial 20

30

25

Detection areaExcess gain

axial

axial

radial

radial

25

Page 157: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

NOT USED

TEST +

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andpower on LEDs

Adjustment tr immer(receiver)

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

B

B

F

F

D

C C

CC

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.Decrease sensitivity to increase resolution.

EMITTER

RECEIVER

B

EMITTER

S50-PL/PH-5S50-PL/PH-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

RECEIVER

RADIAL OPTICS

6

A

The high operating distance typicalof emitter and receiver pairs isnotably increased thanks to theuse of visible red laser emission.The laser beam can be easilyaligned and offers excellentdetection resolution of even smallobjects. The class 1 laser emissionguarantees maximum safety for theoperators in all applications.

LASER THROUGH BEAM WITH RED EMISSIONL-G/F

mm

Page 158: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

7

S50-PL/PH 60 m

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 60 mradial optics 0 ... 50 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption:

emitter ≤ 35 mAreceiver ≤ 30 mA

Light emission:red Laser 650 nmclass 1 EN 60825-1class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

Resolution:approx. 2.5 mm at 5 mapprox. 5 mm at 10 mapprox. 10 mm over 20 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green POWER ON LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 333 µs Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCAuxiliary functions: Test +Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: PBTLens material: PMMA / glassWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max.

Operating temperature: -10 ... +50°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2,

EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

1

3

4

5

6

7

2

S50

-PL

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-PL

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-PL

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-PL

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-PH

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-PH

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-5-F

01-P

P

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 50.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 Emitter off with Test+ connected to +Vcc

Emitter on with Test+ not connected or connected to 0V

5 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEemitter - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PL-2-G00-XG 952001420

receiver - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PL-2-F01-NN 952001890 NPNS50-PL-2-F01-PP 952001400 PNP

emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PH-2-G00-XG 952002060

receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PH-2-F01-NN 952002030 NPNS50-PH-2-F01-PP 952002020 PNP

emitter - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PL-5-G00-XG 952001430

receiver - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PL-5-F01-NN 952001860 NPNS50-PL-5-F01-PP 952001410 PNP

emitter - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PH-5-G00-XG 952002070

receiver - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PH-5-F01-NN 952002050 NPNS50-PH-5-F01-PP 952002040 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

6 Compatible with quick connection systems 7 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on receiver outputs

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

0 15 30 45 60 (m)

Operating distance

60

50

Resolution - axialDetection area - axial

Detection area - radial Resolution - radial

radial

axial

The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for thecorrect optic axis alignment of the laseremission.

Page 159: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andpower on LEDs

Adjustment tr immer(receiver)

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

B

The high operating distance typicalof emitter and receiver pairs isnotably increased thanks to the useof visible red laser emission. Thelaser beam can be easily alignedand offers excellent detectionresolution of even small objects.The class 1 laser emissionguarantees maximum safety for theoperators in all applications.

S50-ML/MH-5S50-ML/MH-2EMITTER

8

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distanceDecrease sensitivity to increase resolution.

A

NOT USED

TEST +

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

RECEIVER

LASER THROUGH BEAM WITH RED EMISSIONL-G/F

RADIAL OPTICS

D E

EMITTER

RECEIVER

B B

C C

CC

mm

Page 160: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 60 mradial optics 0 ... 50 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption:

emitter ≤ 35 mAreceiver ≤ 30 mA

Light emission:red Laser 650 nmclass 1 EN 60825-1class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

Resolution: approx. 2.5 mm at 5 mapprox. 5 mm at 10 mapprox. 10 mm over 20 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green POWER ON LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 333 µs Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCAuxiliary functions: Test +Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: nickel plated brassLens material: PMMA / glassWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max.

Operating temperature: -10 ... +50°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2,

EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

1

3

4

5

6

7

2

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 50.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 Emitter off with Test+ connected to +Vcc

Emitter on with Test+ not connected or connected to 0V

6 Compatible with quick connection systems 7 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on receiver outputs

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

0 15 30 45 60 (m)

Operating distance

60

50

Resolution - axialDetection area - axial

Detection area - radial Resolution - radial

radial

axial

9

S50-ML/MH 60 m

TECHNICAL DATA

S50

-ML

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-ML

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-ML

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-5-F

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-2-G

00-X

G

S50

-MH

-2-F

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-2-F

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-5-G

00-X

G

S50

-MH

-5-F

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-5-F

01-P

P

SELECTION TABLEemitter - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-ML-2-G00-XG 952021430

receiver - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-ML-2-F01-NN 952021840 NPNS50-ML-2-F01-PP 952021420 PNP

emitter - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MH-2-G00-XG 952022060

receiver - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MH-2-F01-NN 952022030 NPNS50-MH-2-F01-PP 952022020 PNP

emitter - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-ML-5-G00-XG 952021470

receiver - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-ML-5-F01-NN 952021870 NPNS50-ML-5-F01-PP 952021460 PNP

emitter - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MH-5-G00-XG 952022070

receiver - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MH-5-F01-NN 952022050 NPNS50-MH-5-F01-PP 952022040 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for thecorrect optic axis alignment of the laseremission.

5 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

Page 161: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

RETROREFLEX WITH INFRARED EMISSION

With retroreflex sensors the objectis detected when it interrupts thelight beam generated between thesensor and its associatedprismatic reflector. This retroreflexsystem, created between thesensor and the reflector, offers theadvantage of electricallyconnecting one single unit insteadof two, as in the emitter-receiversystem.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status LED

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

D E

F

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

C

10

C

A

A

A

mm

Page 162: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

5 (m)

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

11

S50-PA 5 mS50-MA

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems 5 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 0.1 ... 5 m Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension: approx. 100 mm at 2 mIndicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max. 60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-A

00-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-A

00-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-A

00-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-A

00-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-A

00-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-A

00-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-A

00-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-A

00-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-A00-NN 952002090 NPNS50-PA-2-A00-PP 952002080 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-A00-NN 952022090 NPNS50-MA-2-A00-PP 952022080 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-A00-NN 952002110 NPNS50-PA-5-A00-PP 952002100 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-A00-NN 952022110 NPNS50-MA-5-A00-PP 952022100 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

Detection areaExcess gain

R2R5

R2 R5

10.1 2 3 4

Operating distance

axial on R5 5

axial on R2 4

Page 163: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

POLARISED RETROREFLEX WITH RED EMISSION

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

B

B

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

RADIAL OPTICS

12

D E

F B F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

BC

C C

CB

B

A

A

With retroreflex sensors the objectis detected when it interrupts thelight beam generated between thesensor and its associatedprismatic reflector. High-polarisation optic filters also allowreliable detection of very reflectiveobjects, such as mirrored surfacesthat, differently from the prismaticreflector, reflect the light beamwithout rotating the polarisationplane.

B

mm

Page 164: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

10.1 2 3 4 5 (m)

axial on R2 3.5

4.5

4

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0.1 ... 4.5 m radial optics 0.1 ... 3 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: red LED 660 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 45 mm at 1 mradial optics approx. 60 mm at 2 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max. 60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

6

2

S50

-PA

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-B

01-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-PA-2-B01-NN 952001610 NPNS50-PA-2-B01-PP 952001010 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-B01-NN 952021500 NPNS50-MA-2-B01-PP 952021000 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-B01-NN 952001500 NPNS50-PA-5-B01-PP 952001020 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-B01-NN 952021660 NPNS50-MA-5-B01-PP 952021200 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-B01-NN 952001780 NPNS50-PR-2-B01-PP 952001030 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-B01-NN 952021600 NPNS50-MR-2-B01-PP 952021140 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PR-5-B01-NN 952001720 NPNS50-PR-5-B01-PP 952001040 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MR-5-B01-NN 952021760 NPNS50-MR-5-B01-PP 952021340 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

radial on R5

radial on R2

2.5

2

3

2.5

axial on R5 4

Detection area - axialExcess gain - axial

Excess gain - radial Detection area - radial

13

R2

R2

High efficiency reflectors can be usedto obtain larger operating distances.Refer to Reflectors (A.01) of theGeneral Catalogue.

R5

R2

R5

R5

R5 R2

3 mS50-PA/PR S50-MA/MR 4.5 m

Page 165: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

D E

F B F

BC

C C

CB

B

LASER RETROREFLEX WITH RED EMISSION

The visible red laser emissionincreases the operating distanceand resolution of the polarisedretroreflex sensor. Specific R7 orR8 reflectors with 0.8 mm micro-prisms are available for high-resolution detection of smallobjects. The class 1 laser emissionguarantees maximum safety for theoperators in all applications.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

PLASTIC HOUSING

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

B

B

14

METAL HOUSING

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distanceDecrease sensitivity to increase resolution.

A

A

L-B

RADIAL OPTICS

mm

Page 166: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 50.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PL-2-B01-NN 952001870 NPNS50-PL-2-B01-PP 952001360 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PH-2-B01-NN 952001950 NPNS50-PH-2-B01-PP 952001940 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-ML-2-B01-NN 952021820 NPNS50-ML-2-B01-PP 952021400 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MH-2-B01-NN 952021950 NPNS50-MH-2-B01-PP 952021940 PNP

plastic -axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PL-5-B01-NN 952001840 NPNS50-PL-5-B01-PP 952001370 PNP

plastic -radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PH-5-B01-NN 952001970 NPNS50-PH-5-B01-PP 952001960 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-ML-5-B01-NN 952021850 NPNS50-ML-5-B01-PP 952021440 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MH-5-B01-NN 952021970 NPNS50-MH-5-B01-PP 952021960 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0.1 ... 16 mradial optics 0.1 ... 9 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission:

red Laser 650 nmclass 1 EN 60825-1class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

Resolution:2 mm max. at 3 m (on R7)5 mm max. over 7 m (on R2)

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 333 µs Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMA / glassWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -10 ... +50°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2,

EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PL

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-PL

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-2-B

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-2-B

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-5-B

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-5-B

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-5-B

01-P

P

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

15

High efficiency reflectors can be usedto obtain larger operating distances.Refer to Reflectors (A.01) of theGeneral Catalogue.

S50-PH/PL S50-MH/ML 16 m

8 12 16 (m)

axial on R7 11

Operating distance

radial on R2

radial on R7

9

axial on R2 16

Resolution on R7 reflector - axialDetection area - axial

Detection area - radial Resolution on R7 reflector - radial

R7R2

R7 R2

The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for thecorrect optic axis alignment of the laseremission.

6

Page 167: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

RETROREFLEX FOR TRANSPARENTS WITH RED EMISSION

With high sensitivity and reducedhysteresis this retroreflex sensorallows the detection of even asmall variation of the lightemission received by the sensor,typically created by the presenceof transparent objects such asglass or PET containers or plasticfilm sheets for packaging. Thepresence of polarising filtersavoids false switching on shinysurfaces.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status LED

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

D E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

B

B

B

B

BB

F

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

C

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

16

C C

C

A

A

RADIAL OPTICS

T

mm

Page 168: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

1 Limit values2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-T01-NN 952001690 NPNS50-PA-2-T01-PP 952001260 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-T01-NN 952021570 NPNS50-MA-2-T01-PP 952021090 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-T01-NN 952001580 NPNS50-PA-5-T01-PP 952001270 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-T01-NN 952021730 NPNS50-MA-5-T01-PP 952021290 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-T01-NN 952001830 NPNS50-PR-2-T01-PP 952001280 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-T01-NN 952021650 NPNS50-MR-2-T01-PP 952021190 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PR-5-T01-NN 952001770 NPNS50-PR-5-T01-PP 952001290 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MR-5-T01-NN 952021810 NPNS50-MR-5-T01-PP 952021390 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0.1 ... 1.7 mradial optics 0.1 ... 1.7 m

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: red LED 660 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 45 mm at 1 mradial optics approx. 60 mm at 1 m

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

6

2

S50

-PA

-2-T

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-T

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-T

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-T

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-T

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-T

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-T

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-T

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-T

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-T

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-T

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-T

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-T

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-T

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-T

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-T

01-P

P

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

0.50.1 1 1.5 2 (m)

axial on R2 1

1.7

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

radial on R5

radial on R2 1

axial on R5

1.4

TECHNICAL NOTES

17

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

Detection areaExcess gain

1.4 1.7

1.3

1.3

R2

R5 R2R5

S50-PA/PR 1.7 mS50-MA/MR

High efficiency reflectors can be usedto obtain larger operating distances.Refer to Reflectors (A.01) of theGeneral Catalogue

Page 169: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

SHORT DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION

This diffuse proximity sensorrepresents a reliable, simple andcost-effective solution for thedirect detection of any objectinside the fixed operating distance.Its particularly compactdimensions permit the installationin very small spaces.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status LED

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

D E

FF

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

C

C

C

18

C

A

A

RADIAL OPTICS

C

mm

Page 170: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Detection area - axialExcess gain - axial

Excess gain - radial

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-PA-2-C10-NN 952001630 NPNS50-PA-2-C10-PP 952001240 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-MA-2-C10-NN 952021520 NPNS50-MA-2-C10-PP 952021020 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PA-5-C10-NN 952001520 NPNS50-PA-5-C10-PP 952001250 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-C10-NN 952021680 NPNS50-MA-5-C10-PP 952021220 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-C10-NN 952001800 NPNS50-PR-2-C10-PP 952001490 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-C10-NN 952021620 NPNS50-MR-2-C10-PP 952021490 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PR-5-C10-NN 952001740 NPNS50-PR-5-C10-PP 952001480 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MR-5-C10-NN 952021780 NPNS50-MR-5-C10-PP 952021480 PNP

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 10 cmradial optics 0 ... 8 cm

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 80 mm at 10 cmradial optics approx. 55 mm at 10 cm

Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

5

4

2

S50

-PA

-2-C

10-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-C

10-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-C

10-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-C

10-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-C

10-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-C

10-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-C

10-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-C

10-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-C

10-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-C

10-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-C

10-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-C

10-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-C

10-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-C

10-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-C

10-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-C

10-P

P

0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 (cm)

axial

radial

10

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

TECHNICAL NOTES

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

8

19

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Detection area - radial

White 90%

S50-PA/PR 10 cmS50-MA/MR

mm

cm

mm

cm

cm

cm

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

11

9

Page 171: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION

This version of diffuse proximitysensor has a detection distancethat can be set using thesensitivity adjustment trimmer. Thegreen stability LED indicateswhether the received signal isabove to the minimum signal forstable output switching.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

B

B

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

20

D E

F B

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

BC

C

A

A

C

mm

Page 172: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 0 ... 40 cmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension: approx. 100 mm at 300 cmSetting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: light on NO / dark on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-C

21-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-C

21-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-C

21-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-C

21-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-C

21-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-C

21-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-C

21-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-C

21-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-C21-NN 952002170 NPNS50-PA-2-C21-PP 952002160 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-C21-NN 952022130 NPNS50-MA-2-C21-PP 952022120 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-C21-NN 952002190 NPNS50-PA-5-C21-PP 952002180 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-C21-NN 952022150 NPNS50-MA-5-C21-PP 952022140 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

6 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

TECHNICAL NOTES

21

Recommended operating distanceMaximum operating distance

S50-PA 40 cmS50-MA

0 10 20 30 40 (cm)

40

Detection areaExcess gain

35

White 90%Grey 18% White 90%

Grey 18%

Page 173: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

LONG DIFFUSE PROXIMITY WITH INFRARED EMISSION

This version of diffuse proximitysensor offers the maximumoperating distance for the directdetection of objects. The detectiondistance can be set using thesensitivity adjustment trimmer. Thegreen stability LED indicateswhether the received signal isabove to the minimum signal forstable output switching.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

B

B

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

22

D E

F B F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

BC C

CC

B

B

A

A

RADIAL OPTICS

C

mm

Page 174: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 70 cmradial optics 0 ... 40 cm

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: infrared LED 880 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx.200 mm at 60 cmradial optics approx.35 mm at 40 cm

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-C

01-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-C01-NN 952001620 NPNS50-PA-2-C01-PP 952001050 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-C01-NN 952021510 NPNS50-MA-2-C01-PP 952021010 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-C01-NN 952001510 NPNS50-PA-5-C01-PP 952001060 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-C01-NN 952021670 NPNS50-MA-5-C01-PP 952021210 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-C01-NN 952001790 NPNS50-PR-2-C01-PP 952001070 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MR-2-C01-NN 952021610 NPNS50-MR-2-C01-PP 952021150 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PR-5-C01-NN 952001730 NPNS50-PR-5-C01-PP 952001080 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MR-5-C01-NN 952021770 NPNS50-MR-5-C01-PP 952021350 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

6 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

TECHNICAL NOTES

0 15 30 45 60 (cm)

axial

radial 35

60 70

40

23

Detection area - axialExcess gain - axial

Excess gain - radial

Grey 18%

White 90%

White 90%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Detection area - radial

Recommended operating distanceMaximum operating distance

S50-PA/PR 70 cmS50-MA/MR

mm

cm

mm

cm

cm

cm

Page 175: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

FIXED FOCUS PROXIMITY WITH RED EMISSION

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

The fixed focus proximity sensoroffers a simple fixed backgroundsuppression distance beyondwhich no object is detected. Thefixed triangulation of the opticsgreatly reduces the detectiondistance of reflective objects. Thevisible red emission facilitatessensor installation.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status LED

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

24

D E

FF

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

CC

C C

A

A

RADIAL OPTICS

D

mm

Page 176: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-D00-NN 952001640 NPNS50-PA-2-D00-PP 952001090 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-D00-NN 952021530 NPNS50-MA-2-D00-PP 952021030 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-D00-NN 952001530 NPNS50-PA-5-D00-PP 952001100 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-D00-NN 952021690 NPNS50-MA-5-D00-PP 952021230 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PR-2-D00-NN 952001810 NPNS50-PR-2-D00-PP 952001110 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cableS50-MR-2-D00-NN 952021630 NPNS50-MR-2-D00-PP 952021160 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connector S50-PR-5-D00-NN 952001750 NPNS50-PR-5-D00-PP 952001120 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connector S50-MR-5-D00-NN 952021790 NPNS50-MR-5-D00-PP 952021360 PNP

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0.5 ... 10 cmradial optics 0 ... 8 cm

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension:

axial optics approx. 20 mm at 10 cmradial optics approx. 25 mm at 8 cm

Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

5

4

2

S50

-PA

-2-D

00-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-D

00-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-D

00-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-D

00-P

P

S50

-PR

-2-D

00-N

N

S50

-PR

-2-D

00-P

P

S50

-PR

-5-D

00-N

N

S50

-PR

-5-D

00-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-D

00-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-D

00-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-D

00-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-D

00-P

P

S50

-MR

-2-D

00-N

N

S50

-MR

-2-D

00-P

P

S50

-MR

-5-D

00-N

N

S50

-MR

-5-D

00-P

P

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

0 2.5 5 7.5 10 (cm)

Operating distance

axial

radial

10

8

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

TECHNICAL NOTES

Detection area - axialExcess gain - axial

Excess gain - radial

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

Detection - radial

S50-PA/PR 10 cmS50-MA/MR

mm

cm

mm

cm

cm

cm

25

Page 177: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

D E

B F

BC C

CC

B

B

LASER PROXIMITY WITH RED EMISSION

The visible red laser emissionallows the accurate detection ofvery small objects. The sensorsoperate as a proximity device up to35 cm and can be used as acontrast sensor for high contrastmark detection. The class 1 laseremission guarantees maximumsafety for the operators in allapplications.

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

BB

C

D

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

B

26

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

A

A

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

L-C

RADIAL OPTICS

mm

Page 178: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES1 Limit values2 Average life of 50.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PL-2-C01-NN 952001880 NPNS50-PL-2-C01-PP 952001380 PNP

plastic - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-PH-2-C01-NN 952001990 NPNS50-PH-2-C01-PP 952001980 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-ML-2-C01-NN 952021830 NPNS50-ML-2-C01-PP 952021410 PNP

metal - radial optics - 2 m cable S50-MH-2-C01-NN 952021990 NPNS50-MH-2-C01-PP 952021980 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PL-5-C01-NN 952001850 NPNS50-PL-5-C01-PP 952001390 PNP

plastic - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-PH-5-C01-NN 952002010 NPNS50-PH-5-C01-PP 952002000 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-ML-5-C01-NN 952021860 NPNS50-ML-5-C01-PP 952021450 PNP

metal - radial optics - M12 connectorS50-MH-5-C01-NN 952022010 NPNS50-MH-5-C01-PP 952022000 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:axial optics 0 ... 35 cmradial optics 0 ... 25 cm

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission:

red Laser 650 nmclass 1 EN 60825-1class II CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

Resolution: approx. 0.3 mm at 5 cmapprox. 0.3 mm at 10 cmapprox. 0.5 mm at 20 cmapprox. 2 mm at 30 cm

Setting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 333 µs Switching frequency: 1.5 kHz Operating mode: light on NO / dark on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMA / glassWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -10 ... +50°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2,

EN 60825-1, CDRH21 CFR 1040.10

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PL

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-PL

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-PL

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-PH

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-PH

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-2-C

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-2-C

01-P

P

S50

-ML

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-ML

-5-C

01-P

P

S50

-MH

-5-C

01-N

N

S50

-MH

-5-C

01-P

P

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

0 10 20 40 (cm)

Operating distance

25

35

S50-PH/PL S50-MH/ML 35 cm

27

Resolution - axialDetection area - axial

Detection area - radial Resolution - radial

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

radial

axial

The use of the MICRO-18 fixing bracket(cod. 95ACC1380) is recommended for thecorrect optic axis alignment of the laseremission.

Page 179: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

AXIAL BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

AB

B

CONNECTIONS

Background suppression proximityallows to precisely adjust thedistance over which the object isnot detected, with the minimumdifference between reflectiveobjects. The EASYtouchTM settingprocedure fixes automatically thebest detection conditions, simplypressing once the teach-in push-button, in presence of thereference to detect.

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

C

C

D E

F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

B

B

28

A

M

mm

Page 180: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 5 ... 10 cmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 30 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension: approx. 8 mm at 10 cmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 1 ms Switching frequency: 500 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

5

4

2

S50

-PA

-2-M

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-M

03-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-M

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-M

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-M

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-M

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-M

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-M

03-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-M03-NN 952001670 NPNS50-PA-2-M03-PP 952001230 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-M03-NN 952021550 NPNS50-MA-2-M03-PP 952021070 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-M03-NN 952001560 NPNS50-PA-5-M03-PP 952001000 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-M03-NN 952021710 NPNS50-MA-5-M03-PP 952021270 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 2 4 6 8

Operating distance

10

10 (cm)

Detection difference withfine acquisition

Detection difference with EASYtouch™ acquisition

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

% d

iffere

nce

obje

ct d

ista

nce

Setting distance on white 90% background Setting distance on white 90% background

% d

iffere

nce

obje

ct d

ista

nce

S50-PA S50-MA 10 cm

29

Page 181: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

RADIAL BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

D

B

CF

B

C

E

CONNECTIONS

Background suppression proximityallows to precisely adjust thedistance over which the object isnot detected, with the minimumdifference between reflectiveobjects. The EASYtouchTM settingprocedure fixes automatically thebest detection conditions, simplypressing once the teach-in push-button, in presence of the referenceto detect.

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

30

OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

AB

BA

M

mm

Page 182: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 5 ... 10 cmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 30 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension: approx. 10 mm at 10 cmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 1 ms Switching frequency: 500 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBT / PVCnickel plated brass

Lens material: glassWeight:

90 g max. 40 g max. 125 g max.75 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

2

S50

-PS

-2-M

03-N

N

S50

-PS

-2-M

03-P

P

S50

-PS

-5-M

03-N

N

S50

-PS

-5-M

03-P

P

S50

-MS

-2-M

03-N

N

S50

-MS

-2-M

03-P

P

S50

-MS

-5-M

03-N

N

S50

-MS

-5-M

03-P

P

SELECTION TABLEplastic - 2 m cable S50-PS-2-M03-NN 952001900 NPNS50-PS-2-M03-PP 952001910 PNP

metal - 2 m cable S50-MS-2-M03-NN 952021900 NPNS50-MS-2-M03-PP 952021910 PNP

plastic - M12 connectorS50-PS-5-M03-NN 952001920 NPNS50-PS-5-M03-PP 952001930 PNP

metal - M12 connectorS50-MS-5-M03-NN 952021920 NPNS50-MS-5-M03-PP 952021930 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 2 4 6 8

Operating distance

10

10 (cm)

Detection difference withfine acquisition

Detection difference with EASYtouch™ acquisition

Grey 18%

White 90%

Grey 18%

White 90%

% d

iffere

nce

obje

ct d

ista

nce

Setting distance on white 90% background Setting distance on white 90% background

% d

iffere

nce

obje

ct d

ista

nce

S50-PS 10 cmS50-MS

31

Page 183: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

FORE-BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION WITH RED EMISSION

The fore-background suppressionproximity allows to preciselyadjust the minimum and maximumdetec t ion d is tance . TheEASYtouchTM setting procedurefixes automatically the bestdetection conditions, simplypressing once the teach-in push-button, in presence of thereference to detect.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

32

C

CB

D E

F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

B

OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

AB

BA

N

mm

Page 184: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-N03-NN 952001680 NPNS50-PA-2-N03-PP 952001440 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-N03-NN 952021560 NPNS50-MA-2-N03-PP 952021080 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PA-5-N03-NN 952001570 NPNS50-PA-5-N03-PP 952001450 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-N03-NN 952021720 NPNS50-MA-5-N03-PP 952021280 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 4 ... 10 cmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 30 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension: approx. 8 mm at 10 cmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 2 ms Switching frequency: 250 Hz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

5

4

2

S50

-PA

-2-N

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-N

03-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-N

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-N

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-N

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-N

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-N

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-N

03-P

P

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 2 4 6 8 10 (cm)

Operating distance

10

Detection hysteresis with EASYtouch™ acquisition

Background suppression area

Detection area

Foreground suppression area

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 (cm)

Distance

Dis

tance

10

6

4

2

0

8

(cm)

12

Note: in the fine acquisition mode, the foreground suppression distanceis nearer to the point where the object has been acquired

S50-PA S50-MA 10 cm

33

Page 185: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

FIBRE-OPTIC AMPLIFIER WITH RED EMISSION

The amplifier is built to accept anystandard 2.2 mm Ø fibre-opticwhich can be for either diffused orthrough beam operation. A lockingring when tightened holds thefibres firmly in position. Thesensitivity is adjusted by an IP67rated trimmer. The proximity orthrough beam fibres are mainlyused in applications where space isof a premium and for detection ofsmall objects. Special fibres arealso available for high temperatureand high wear applications. Forfurther information on theextensive range of fibre-opticaccessories please see the OFdatasheet.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Fibre-optics (A.02), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andSTABILITY LEDs

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

Fibre fixing nut

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

D

C

E

F

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate in aclockwise direction to increase the operating distance.

B

B

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

34

C

B

METAL HOUSING

H

H

B

A

A

E

mm

Page 186: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-E01-NN 952001650 NPNS50-PA-2-E01-PP 952001130 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-MA-2-E01-NN 952021880 NPNS50-MA-2-E01-PP 952021040 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PA-5-E01-NN 952001540 NPNS50-PA-5-E01-PP 952001140 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-E01-NN 952021890 NPNS50-MA-5-E01-PP 952021240 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance:proximity 3 cm (OF-42-ST-20 standard fibres) through beam 10 cm (OF-43-ST-20 standard fibres)

Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 35 mALight emission: red LED 660 nmSetting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators:

yellow OUTPUT LED green STABILITY

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 0.5 ms Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Fibre fixing nut material: ABSWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

6

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-E

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-E

01-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-E

01-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-E

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-E

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-E

01-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-E

01-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-E

01-P

P2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° single-turn trimmer 4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

6 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 2.5 5 7.5 10 (cm)

Operating distance with standard fibres

Proximty

Through beam

3

10

* standard fibre-optics

Standard fibre-optics:OF-42-ST-20 proximityOF-43-ST-20 through beam

High efficiency fibre-optics or accessorylenses can be used to obtain largeroperating distances. Refer to Fibre-optics (A.02) of the GeneralCatalogue.

Detection area - proximity *Excess gain - proximity *

Excess gain - through beam * Detection area - through beam *

Grey 18%White 90%

White 90%

Grey 18%

S50-PA S50-MA 3/10 cm

35

Page 187: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONTRAST SENSOR WITH WHITE EMISSION

The white light LED emission isdesigned for the detection of alarge number of coloured or grey-scale contrasts, in order to detectprint registration marks or similar.The EASYtouch TM se t t ingprocedures automatically selectsthe best detection conditions,simply by pressing the teach-inpush-button once, in the presenceof a reference mark. By pressingthe teach-in push-button andholding it down until the greenlight on the rear of the sensorflashes, in the presence of thereference mark and then pressingthe button again in the presence ofthe contrast you wish to ignore, ahigher level of accuracy isobtained.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Fibre-optics (A.02), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

CONNECTIONS

A

A

B

B

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

36

C

B

B

C

D E

F

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

W

mm

Page 188: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Sensitivity / operating distance

TECHNICAL DATA

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

SELECTION TABLE

Operating distance: 10 mmDepth of field (max.): ± 2 mmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 25 mALight emission: white LED 400 - 700 nmSpot dimension: approx. 4.5 mm at 10 mmMinimum detectable object: 0.5 mmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 100 µs Switching frequency: 5 kHz Operating mode:

dark with EASYtouchTM

automatic dark / light with fine acq.Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

S50

-PA

-2-W

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-W

03-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-W

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-W

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-W

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-W

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-W

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-W

03-P

P plastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-W03-NN 952001710 NPNS50-PA-2-W03-PP 952001320 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-W03-NN 952021590 NPNS50-MA-2-W03-PP 952021110 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-W03-NN 952001600 NPNS50-PA-5-W03-PP 952001330 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-W03-NN 952021750 NPNS50-MA-5-W03-PP 952021310 PNP

TECHNICAL NOTES

1

3

5

4

2

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

Rela

tive s

ensi

tivity

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 4 8 12 (mm)

Operating distance

12

S50-PA S50-MA 10 mm

37

Page 189: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

LUMINESCENCE SENSOR WITH UV EMISSION

The UV light LED emission detectsany luminescent reference, evenon very reflective surfaces, such asceramics, metal or mirrored glass.The EASYtouch TM se t t ingprocedures fixes automatically thebest detection conditions, simplyby pressing the teach-in push-button once, with the luminescentobject present. By pressing theteach-in push-button and holding itdown until the green light on therear of the sensor flashes, with theluminescent object present andthen pressing the button again inthe presence of a luminescentreference you wish to ignore, ahigher level of accuracy isobtained.

DIMENSIONS

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Fibre-optics (A.02), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue.

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

Teach-in button for setting.EASYtouch™ provides two setting modes: standard or fine,both obtained by pressing the push-button only once. Pleaserefer to instructions manual for operating details.

CONNECTIONS

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

38

C

B

B

D E

F

C

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

OUTPUT status andREADY / ERROR LEDs

Teach-in push-button

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

B

C

D

E

F

A

A

B

B

ACCESSORIES

U

mm

Page 190: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

SELECTION TABLE

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

plastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-U03-NN 952001700 NPNS50-PA-2-U03-PP 952001300 PNP

metal - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-MA-2-U03-NN 952021580 NPNS50-MA-2-U03-PP 952021100 PNP

plastic - axial optics - M12 connector S50-PA-5-U03-NN 952001590 NPNS50-PA-5-U03-PP 952001310 PNP

metal - axial optics - M12 connector S50-MA-5-U03-NN 952021740 NPNS50-MA-5-U03-PP 952021300 PNP

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 8 ... 20 mmPower supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 25 mALight emission: UV LED 370 nmSpot dimension: approx. 3 mm at 20 mmMinimum detectable object: 0.5 mmSetting: teach-in push-button Setting procedure: teach-in EASYtouchTM

Indicators:yellow OUTPUT LED green / red READY / ERROR LED

Output type:PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 500 µs Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode:

dark with EASYtouchTM

automatic dark / light with fine acq.Connection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

S50

-PA

-2-U

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-2-U

03-P

P

S50

-PA

-5-U

03-N

N

S50

-PA

-5-U

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-2-U

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-2-U

03-P

P

S50

-MA

-5-U

03-N

N

S50

-MA

-5-U

03-P

P

1

3

5

4

2

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

4 Compatible with quick connection systems

1 Limit values

5 A - reverse polarity protection B - overload and short-circuit protection on

the outputs

0 4 8 16 20 (mm)

Operating distance

20

Sensitivity / operating distance

Rela

tive s

ensi

tivity

S50-PA S50-MA 20 mm

39

Page 191: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DISTANCE SENSOR WITH RED EMISSION

This sensor gives an analogue0-10 Vdc output proportional to anobject's distance from the face ofthe sensor over a distance of100 mm. The light intensity of theyellow indicator LED at the rear ofthe sensor is proportional to theobject's distance, the red LEDturns on when the object is outsidethe measurement field.

DIMENSIONS

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Connectors (A.03) and Fixing

brackets (A.04) of the General Catalogue.

CONNECTIONS

S50-XX-5S50-XX-2

OUTPUT status andfield LEDs

M12 connector output

Cable output

Fixing nuts

Fixing gasket

A

C

D

E

F

D

C

E

F

C

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS

A

A

Versions and options: refer to MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX of this catalogue.

PLASTIC HOUSING

METAL HOUSING

40

Y

mm

Page 192: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

3 Direct proportionality (DIR) is activated when white wire is connected to +Vdc;Inverse proportionality (INV) is activated when white wire is connected to 0 V.The white wire must always be connected.

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

TECHNICAL NOTES

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 5 ... 10 cmPower supply: 18 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 30 mALight emission: red LED 630 nmSpot dimension: approx. 8 mm at 10 cmIndicators:

yellow proportional OUTPUT LED red field LED

Output type: analogue with 0 ... 10V voltageOutput resistance: 2 kΩLoad resistance: ≥ 20 kΩResponse time: 3,33 ms Switching frequency: 150 Hz Resolution: 1 mm / 200 mVOperating mode: direct / inverse proportionalityConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material:

PBTnickel plated brass

Lens material: PMMAWeight:

75 g max. 25 g max. 110 g max.60 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

6

4

3

5

2

S50

-PA

-2-Y

00-V

K

S50

-PA

-5-Y

00-V

K

S50

-MA

-2-Y

00-V

K

S50

-MA

-5-Y

00-V

K

SELECTION TABLEplastic - axial optics - 2 m cable S50-PA-2-Y00-VK 952001340

metal - axial optics - 2 m cableS50-MA-2-Y00-VK 952021120

plastic - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-PA-5-Y00-VK 952001350

metal - axial optics - M12 connectorS50-MA-5-Y00-VK 952021320

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue.

2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C

1 Limit values

4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

5 Compatible with quick connection systems 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on the outputs

0 2 4 6 8 10 (cm)

Operating distance

10

Measurement field ininverse proportionality

Measurement field indirect proportionality

Direct proportionality (DIR)

Tensi

on (

V)

Tensi

on (

V)

Inverse proportionality (INV)

S50-PA 10 cmS50-MA

41

Page 193: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

MODEL DESCRIPTION ORDER N°

ST-5010 M18/14 fixing bracket 95ACC5230

ST-5011 M18 fixing bracket 95ACC5240

ST-5012 M18 fixing bracket 95ACC5250

ST-5017 M18 fixing bracket 95ACC5270

S50 EASY-IN M18/14 EASYin™ adjustable fixing support 95ACC5300

JOINT-18 M18 jointed support 95ACC5220

SWING-18 adjustable support for plastic tubular M18 sensors 895000006

MICRO-18 support with micrometric regulation for tubular M18 sensors 95ACC1380

SP-40 fixed support for tubular M18 sensors 95ACC1370

MEK-PROOF front protection G5000001

Refer also to Accessories for Sensors of the General Catalogue

TECHNOLOGY

The series is compatible with all the Datasensor accessories already developed fortubular sensors. In the General Catalogue refer to:- CS connectors - R reflectors- OF fibre-optics - ST fixing brackets New accessories dedicated to the S50 series have been developed to cover all thefixing requirements and to improve the functioning.In particular EASYin™ is an innovative fixing system that can be used only for theplastic flat version, that allows a fast and safe positioning of the sensor, facilitating theadjustment as well as the locking and unlocking.

1

2

3

4

5

Housing and fixing nuts in indeformable plasticproviding excellent resistance against hostileenvironments. Indelible laser marking

A modular product developed for the automation ofthe assembling and testing process necessary toguarantee intrinsic quality, repeatability andreliabil i ty. One-piece-flow management forimproved service

6

7

42

1

2

3

4

5

ACCESSORIES

ACCESSORIES SELECTION TABLE AND ORDER INFORMATION

EASYtouch™ is a Datasensor patent-covered technology that allows a rapid and safe setting of micro-controlledsensors equipped with a teach-in push-button. A pressure longer than two seconds of the push-button allows a goodadjustment of the sensitivity threshold. EASYtouch™ is the easiest and fastest calibration procedure available on themarket. The instructions on how to best use EASYtouch™ are given in the product's instruction manual.

Multi-layer fine-line PCB

Chip-size components, integrated circuits in 8bumps flip-chip

Analogue digital ASIC

Power ASIC for antivalent outputs

M12 custom connector compatible with quickconnection systems. The four terminals are cone-shaped to facilitate the direct insertion in the cableconductors (4 x 0,5 mm2)

7

6

Page 194: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIMENSIONS ACCESSORIES

JOINT-18

UNI-5931 M6 SCREWS

VERTICAL OPTIC AXIS HORIZONTAL OPTIC AXIS

S50 EASYin™

UNI-7687 M3 SCREWSUNI-7687 M3 SCREWS

43

Page 195: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

44

DIMENSIONS ACCESSORIES

ST-5010 ST-5011

ST-5017ST-5012

Page 196: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

DIMENSIONS ACCESSORIES

MICRO-18 SWING-18

SP-40 MEK PROOF

glass

45

* 2 nuts are included

Page 197: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LASER RADIAL OPTICS MODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PH-2-B01-NN 952001950 laser retroreflex 14S50-PH-2-B01-PP 952001940 laser retroreflex 14S50-PH-2-C01-NN 952001990 laser proximity 26S50-PH-2-C01-PP 952001980 laser proximity 26S50-PH-2-F01-NN 952002030 laser receiver 6S50-PH-2-F01-PP 952002020 laser receiver 6S50-PH-2 G00-XG 952002060 laser emitter 6S50-PH-5-B01-NN 952001970 laser retroreflex 14S50-PH-5-B01-PP 952001960 laser retroreflex 14S50-PH-5-C01-NN 952002010 laser proximity 26S50-PH-5-C01-PP 952002000 laser proximity 26S50-PH-5-F01-NN 952002050 laser receiver 6S50-PH-5-F01-PP 952002040 laser receiver 6S50-PH-5-G00-XG 952002070 laser emitter 6

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LASER AXIAL OPTICS MODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PL-2-B01-NN 952001870 laser retroreflex 14S50-PL-2-B01-PP 952001360 laser retroreflex 14S50-PL-2-C01-NN 952001880 laser proximity 26S50-PL-2-C01-PP 952001380 laser proximity 26S50-PL-2-F01-NN 952001890 laser receiver 6S50-PL-2-F01-PP 952001400 laser receiver 6S50-PL-2 G00-XG 952001420 laser emitter 6S50-PL-5-B01-NN 952001840 laser retroreflex 14S50-PL-5-B01-PP 952001370 laser retroreflex 14S50-PL-5-C01-NN 952001850 laser proximity 26S50-PL-5-C01-PP 952001390 laser proximity 26S50-PL-5-F01-NN 952001860 laser receiver 6S50-PL-5-F01-PP 952001410 laser receiver 6S50-PL-5-G00-XG 952001430 laser emitter 6

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH RADIAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PR-2-B01-NN 952001780 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PR-2-B01-PP 952001030 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PR-2-C01-NN 952001790 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PR-2-C01-PP 952001070 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PR-2-C10-NN 952001800 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PR-2-C10-PP 952001490 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PR-2-D00-NN 952001810 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PR-2-D00-PP 952001110 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PR-2-F01-NN 952001820 receiver 2S50-PR-2-F01-PP 952001170 receiver 2S50-PR-2-G00-XG 952001210 emitter 2S50-PR-2-T01-NN 952001830 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PR-2-T01-PP 952001280 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PR-5-B01-NN 952001720 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PR-5-B01-PP 952001040 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PR-5-C01-NN 952001730 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PR-5-C01-PP 952001080 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PR-5-C10-NN 952001740 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PR-5-C10-PP 952001480 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PR-5-D00-NN 952001750 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PR-5-D00-PP 952001120 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PR-5-F01-NN 952001760 receiver 2S50-PR-5-F01-PP 952001180 receiver 2S50-PR-5-G00-XG 952001220 emitter 2S50-PR-5-T01-NN 952001770 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PR-5-T01-PP 952001290 retroreflex for transparents 16

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH AXIAL OPTICS MODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PA-2-A00-NN 952002090 retroreflex 10S50-PA-2-A00-PP 952002080 retroreflex 10S50-PA-2-B01-NN 952001610 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PA-2-B01-PP 952001010 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PA-2-C01-NN 952001620 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PA-2-C01-PP 952001050 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PA-2-C10-NN 952001630 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PA-2-C10-PP 952001240 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PA-2-C21-NN 952002170 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-PA-2-C21-PP 952002160 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-PA-2-D00-NN 952001640 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PA-2-D00-PP 952001090 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PA-2-E01-NN 952001650 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-PA-2-E01-PP 952001130 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-PA-2-F01-NN 952001660 receiver 2S50-PA-2-F01-PP 952001150 receiver 2S50-PA-2-G00-XG 952001190 emitter 2S50-PA-2-M03-NN 952001670 background suppression 28S50-PA-2-M03-PP 952001230 background suppression 28S50-PA-2-N03-NN 952001680 fore-background suppression 32S50-PA-2-N03-PP 952001440 fore-background suppression 32S50-PA-2-T01-NN 952001690 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PA-2-T01-PP 952001260 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PA-2-U03-NN 952001700 luminescence sensor 38S50-PA-2-U03-PP 952001300 luminescence sensor 38S50-PA-2-W03-NN 952001710 contrast sensor 36S50-PA-2-W03-PP 952001320 contrast sensor 36S50-PA-2-Y00-VK 952001340 distance sensor 40S50-PA-5-A00-NN 952002110 retroreflex 10S50-PA-5-A00-PP 952002100 retroreflex 10S50-PA-5-B01-NN 952001500 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PA-5-B01-PP 952001020 polarised retroreflex 12S50-PA-5-C01-NN 952001510 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PA-5-C01-PP 952001060 long diffuse proximity 22S50-PA-5-C10-NN 952001520 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PA-5-C10-PP 952001250 short diffuse proximity 18S50-PA-5-C21-NN 952002190 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-PA-5-C21-PP 952002180 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-PA-5-D00-NN 952001530 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PA-5-D00-PP 952001100 fixed focus proximity 24S50-PA-5-E01-NN 952001540 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-PA-5-E01-PP 952001140 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-PA-5-F01-NN 952001550 receiver 2S50-PA-5-F01-PP 952001160 receiver 2S50-PA-5-G00-XG 952001200 emitter 2S50-PA-5-M03-NN 952001560 background suppression 28S50-PA-5-M03-PP 952001000 background suppression 28S50-PA-5-N03-NN 952001570 fore-background suppression 32S50-PA-5-N03-PP 952001450 fore-background suppression 32S50-PA-5-T01-NN 952001580 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PA-5-T01-PP 952001270 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-PA-5-U03-NN 952001590 luminescence sensor 38S50-PA-5-U03-PP 952001310 luminescence sensor 38S50-PA-5-W03-NN 952001600 contrast sensor 36S50-PA-5-W03-PP 952001330 contrast sensor 36S50-PA-5-Y00-VK 952001350 distance sensor 40

PLASTIC FLAT HOUSING WITH LATERAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-PS-2-M03-NN 952001900 background suppression 30S50-PS-2-M03-PP 952001910 background suppression 30S50-PS-5-M03-NN 952001920 background suppression 30S50-PS-5-M03-PP 952001930 background suppression 30

MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX

46

Page 198: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LASER AXIAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-ML-2-B01-NN 952021820 laser retroreflex 14S50-ML-2-B01-PP 952021400 laser retroreflex 14S50-ML-2-C01-NN 952021830 laser proximity 26S50-ML-2-C01-PP 952021410 laser proximity 26S50-ML-2-F01-NN 952021840 laser receiver 8S50-ML-2-F01-PP 952021420 laser receiver 8S50-ML-2-G00-XG 952021430 laser emitter 8S50-ML-5-B01-NN 952021850 laser retroreflex 14S50-ML-5-B01-PP 952021440 laser retroreflex 14S50-ML-5-C01-NN 952021860 laser proximity 26S50-ML-5-C01-PP 952021450 laser proximity 26S50-ML-5-F01-NN 952021870 laser receiver 8S50-ML-5-F01-PP 952021460 laser receiver 8S50-ML-5-G00-XG 952021470 laser emitter 8

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH RADIAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-MR-2-B01-NN 952021600 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MR-2-B01-PP 952021140 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MR-2-C01-NN 952021610 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MR-2-C01-PP 952021150 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MR-2-C10-NN 952021620 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MR-2-C10-PP 952021490 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MR-2-D00-NN 952021630 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MR-2-D00-PP 952021160 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MR-2-F01-NN 952021640 receiver 4S50-MR-2-F01-PP 952021170 receiver 4S50-MR-2-G00-XG 952021180 emitter 4S50-MR-2-T01-NN 952021650 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MR-2-T01-PP 952021190 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MR-5-B01-NN 952021760 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MR-5-B01-PP 952021340 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MR-5-C01-NN 952021770 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MR-5-C01-PP 952021350 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MR-5-C10-NN 952021780 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MR-5-C10-PP 952021480 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MR-5-D00-NN 952021790 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MR-5-D00-PP 952021360 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MR-5-F01-NN 952021800 receiver 4S50-MR-5-F01-PP 952021370 receiver 4S50-MR-5-G00-XG 952021380 emitter 4S50-MR-5-T01-NN 952021810 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MR-5-T01-PP 952021390 retroreflex for transparents 16

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH AXIAL OPTICS MODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-MA-2-A00-NN 952022090 retroreflex 10S50-MA-2-A00-PP 952022080 retroreflex 10S50-MA-2-B01-NN 952021500 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MA-2-B01-PP 952021000 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MA-2-C01-NN 952021510 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MA-2-C01-PP 952021010 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MA-2-C10-NN 952021520 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MA-2-C10-PP 952021020 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MA-2-C21-NN 952022130 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-MA-2-C21-PP 952022120 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-MA-2-D00-NN 952021530 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MA-2-D00-PP 952021030 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MA-2-E01-NN 952021880 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-MA-2-E01-PP 952021040 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-MA-2-F01-NN 952021540 receiver 4S50-MA-2-F01-PP 952021050 receiver 4S50-MA-2-G00-XG 952021060 emitter 4S50-MA-2-M03-NN 952021550 background suppression 28S50-MA-2-M03-PP 952021070 background suppression 28S50-MA-2-N03-NN 952021560 fore-background suppression 32S50-MA-2-N03-PP 952021080 fore-background suppression 32S50-MA-2-T01-NN 952021570 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MA-2-T01-PP 952021090 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MA-2-U03-NN 952021580 luminescence sensor 38S50-MA-2-U03-PP 952021100 luminescence sensor 38S50-MA-2-W03-NN 952021590 contrast sensor 36S50-MA-2-W03-PP 952021110 contrast sensor 36S50-MA-2-Y00-VK 952021120 distance sensor 40S50-MA-5-A00-NN 952022110 retroreflex 10S50-MA-5-A00-PP 952022100 retroreflex 10S50-MA-5-B01-NN 952021660 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MA-5-B01-PP 952021200 polarised retroreflex 12S50-MA-5-C01-NN 952021670 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MA-5-C01-PP 952021210 long diffuse proximity 22S50-MA-5-C10-NN 952021680 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MA-5-C10-PP 952021220 short diffuse proximity 18S50-MA-5-C21-NN 952022150 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-MA-5-C21-PP 952022140 midi diffuse proximity 20S50-MA-5-D00-NN 952021690 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MA-5-D00-PP 952021230 fixed focus proximity 24S50-MA-5-E01-NN 952021890 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-MA-5-E01-PP 952021240 fibre-optic amplifier 34S50-MA-5-F01-NN 952021700 receiver 4S50-MA-5-F01-PP 952021250 receiver 4S50-MA-5-G00-XG 952021260 emitter 4S50-MA-5-M03-NN 952021710 background suppression 28S50-MA-5-M03-PP 952021270 background suppression 28S50-MA-5-N03-NN 952021720 fore-background suppression 32S50-MA-5-N03-PP 952021280 fore-background suppression 32S50-MA-5-T01-NN 952021730 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MA-5-T01-PP 952021290 retroreflex for transparents 16S50-MA-5-U03-NN 952021740 luminescence sensor 38S50-MA-5-U03-PP 952021300 luminescence sensor 38S50-MA-5-W03-NN 952021750 contrast sensor 36S50-MA-5-W03-PP 952021310 contrast sensor 36S50-MA-5-Y00-VK 952021320 distance sensor 40

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LASER RADIAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-MH-2-B01-NN 952021940 laser retroreflex 14S50-MH-2-B01-PP 952021950 laser retroreflex 14S50-MH-2-C01-NN 952021990 laser proximity 26S50-MH-2-C01-PP 952021980 laser proximity 26S50-MH-2-F01-NN 952022030 laser receiver 8S50-MH-2-F01-PP 952022020 laser receiver 8S50-MH-2-G00-XG 952022060 laser emitter 8S50-MH-5-B01-NN 952021970 laser retroreflex 14S50-MH-5-B01-PP 952021960 laser retroreflex 14S50-MH-5-C01-NN 952022010 laser proximity 26S50-MH-5-C01-PP 952022000 laser proximity 26S50-MH-5-F01-NN 952022050 laser receiver 8S50-MH-5-F01-PP 952022040 laser receiver 8S50-MH-5-G00-XG 952022070 laser emitter 8

METAL CYLINDRICAL HOUSING WITH LATERAL OPTICSMODEL CODE N° OPTIC FUNCTION PAGES50-MS-2-M03-NN 952021900 background suppression 30S50-MS-2-M03-PP 952021910 background suppression 30S50-MS-5-M03-NN 952021920 background suppression 30S50-MS-5-M03-PP 952021930 background suppression 30

47

MODEL ALPHABETICAL INDEX

Page 199: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S 5 0 - P A - 2 - B 0 1 - N N

MODEL CODING TABLE

Note: Not all code combinations are available. Please refer to alphabetical model index for the list of available models.

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

UN

IVE

RS

AL

TU

BU

LA

R S

EN

SO

RS

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products. P

rin

ted

in It

aly

in O

cto

ber

200

7R

ev. 0

6

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

Distributed by:

HOUSING P = plastic flatM = metal cylindrical

OPTICSA = axialH = laser radialL = laser axial R = radialS = lateral

CONNECTION2 = cable5 = M12 connector

OPTIC FUNCTION refer to MODELALPHABETICALINDEX

SETTING0 = fixed1 = trimmer 3 = teach-in

push-button

INPUTS / OUTPUTS NN = NPN NO-NC outputsPP = PNP NO-NC outputsXG = no output - test inputVK = 0 - 10 Vdc output with

dir/inv sel. input

Page 200: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

COAXIAL POLARISED RETROREFLEX FOR TRANSPARENTS

The high sensitivity and reducedhysterisis of this retroreflex sensorallow to detect even the slightestattenuat ion of the received lightemission, caused by the presenceof transparent objects, such asglass or PET bottles or plastic filmsheets for packaging. The presenceof polarisation filters avoids falseswitching on shiny surfaces andthe coaxial optics improves thedetection precision on the entireoperating range.

ACCESSORIES

For dedicated accessories refer to the

ACCESSORIES section of this catalogue.

Refer also to Reflectors (A.01), Connectors

(A.03) and Fixing Brackets (A.04) of the

General Catalogue

DIMENSIONS

INDICATORS AND SETTINGS Output status LED

Adjustment trimmer

M12 connector output

Cable output

A

B

C

D

CONNECTIONS

Single-turn trimmer for sensitivity adjustment. Rotate clockwise to increase the operating distance.

12

T

A

C

C

D

S60-PA-5S60-PA-2

B

A

BROWN

WHITE

BLACK

BLUE

NO OUTPUT

Vdc

NC OUTPUT

0V -(BLUE)

(WHITE)

+ 10 ... 30 Vdc(BROWN)

(BLACK)

NO OUTPUT

NC OUTPUT

Page 201: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

1 Limit values2 Average life of 100.000 h with TA = +25 °C3 270° trimmer4 PVC, 4 x 0.14 mm2

SELECTION TABLEcoaxial optics - 2 m cable S60-PA-2-T51-NN 956201530 NPNS60-PA-2-T51-PP 956201380 PNP

coaxial optics - M12 connectorS60-PA-5-T51-NN 956201250 NPNS60-PA-5-T51-PP 956201100 PNP

All the ordering codes and information aresummarised in the last pages of this catalogue

TECHNICAL DATA

Operating distance: 0 ... 2 m Power supply: 10 ... 30 Vdc Ripple: ≤ 2 Vpp Consumption: ≤ 40 mALight emission: red LED 660 nmSpot dimension: aprox. 50 mm at 1.5 mSetting: sensitivity trimmer Indicators: yellow OUTPUT LED Output type:

PNP, NO and NCNPN, NO and NC

Output current: ≤ 100 mASaturation voltage: ≤ 2 V Response time: 500 µs Switching frequency: 1 kHz Operating mode: dark on NO / light on NCConnection:

2 m Ø 4 mm cableM12 4-pole connector

Electrical protection: class 2Mechanical protection: IP67Protection devices: A, BHousing material: ABSLens materiale: window in glass (tilted anti-reflection)Weight:

90 g max. 40 g max.

Operating temperature: -25 ... +55°C Storage temperature: -25 ... +70°CReference standard: EN 60947-5-2

1

3

4

5

6

7

2

S60

-PA

-2-T

51-N

N

S60

-PA

-2-T

51-P

P

S60

-PA

-5-T

51-N

N

S60

-PA

-5-T

51-P

P

0,50 1 1,5 2 (m)

R2 1,5

Recommended operating distanceMaximum operating distance

R5

1,4

TECHNICAL NOTES

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

Detection areaExcess gain

1,7 2

1,7

R2

R5

R2

R5

2 m

5 Connector can be blocked on two positions 6 A - reverse polarity protection

B - overload and short-circuit protection on outputs

7 Internal lenses in glass

13

II3D

Page 202: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

S2Z SERIESThe new S2Z Maxi series offers 4models, with basic optic functions: - through beam - polarized retroreflex - diffuse proximity- background suppression Versions with continuous and free-voltage Vac. Adjustable timingversions are also available.SPDT relay and bipolar transistorNPN/PNP open collector outputsare also offered.Terminal block connectionsimplif ies and speeds-upinstallation. The heavy-dutyplastic housing guaranteesexcellent resistance in the mostsevere working conditions.

HIGHLIGHTS

• IP67 mechanical protection

• Timing versions

• Terminal block connection

• Versions with continuous and

multi-voltage power supply

• Anti-interference system

• Shock-resistant housing ideal for

severe working conditions

CARATTERISTICHE

Conveyors

APPLICATIONS

www.automation.datalogic.com

SE

NS

OR

S

SENSORSMAXI SENSORS

Automotive industry

Automatic warehouses

Page 203: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

Receiver B/C model

Emitter C model

Emitter B model

Emitter M model

F/G model

DIMENSIONS

www.automation.datalogic.com

The M model presents a multi-turn adjustment screw for theadjustment of the backgroundsuppression distance through amechanical variation of the optictriangulation angle. The othermodels have a mono-turnelectronic trimmer that adjuststhe sensitivity and the sensoroperating distance. The operatingdistance increases, rotating thescrews in a clockwise direction.The output activation anddeactivation delay time can beadjusted by a trimmer that canvary from 0.1 to 5 sec. and thesensor functioning mode can beselected thanks to a ten-positionselector.

mm

A

B

C

A

B

C

D

OUTPUT LED (yellow)

STABILITY LED (green)

Adjustment screw (only M model)

Sensitivity trimmer (B/C/F/G model)

Timing control

Operating mode selector

D

E

F

E

F

INDICATORS

SETTING

MULTI-VOLTAGE MODELS

CONTINUOUS MODELS

S2Z…B/C/F/M S2Z…G

S2Z…B/C/F/M S2Z…G

Page 204: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

COMMON SPECIFICATIONS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M

Emission type: IR LED red LED IR LED

Operating distances (typical values): 50m 0.2…7m 1m 0.2…2m

Setting: Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer Multi-turn distance

adjustment screw

White/Black difference (90% / 4%) < 35%

Hysteresis on 90% white: ≤ 20% ≤ 15%

Indicators: OUTPUT LED (yellow) OUTPUT LED

STABILITY LED (green) (yellow)

Operating temperature: -25…50°C

Storage temperature: -40…70°C

Dielectric strength: 500Vac 1 min between electronics and housing

Insulating resistance: >20MΩ 500 Vdc between electronics and housing

Ambient light rejection: according to EN 60947-5-2

Vibrations: 0.5mm width, 10 … 55Hz frequency, for each axis (EN60068-2-6)

Shock resistance: 11ms (30G) 6 shocks for each axis (EN60068-2-27)

Housing material: PBT

Lens material: PC/PET PMMA PC/PET PMMA/PC

Mechanical protection: IP67 (IEC / EN60529) / NEMA TYPE 1 (For UL / c-UL)

Connections: Terminal block (recommended cable diameter between 8 and 10 mm)

MULTI-VOLTAGE MODELS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M

Power supply: 24…240Vac / 12…240Vdc

Ripple: 10% max

Consumption (output current excluded): 3VA max 3VA max

(G model)

3VA max

(F model)

Outputs: SPDT electromagnetic relay: 250Vac, 30Vdc

Output current: 3A (resistance load)

Response time: 20ms max

Switching frequency: 25Hz

Weight: 115g (G mod) 130g

130g (F mod)

CONTINUOUS MODELS S2Z-F/G S2Z-B S2Z-C S2Z-M

Power supply: 12…24Vdc

Ripple: 10% max

Consumption (output current excluded): 20mA max 30mA max.

(G model)

25mA max

(F model)

Outputs: PNP and NPN open collector

Output current: 100 mA (resistance load)

Output saturation voltage: 2.4V max

Response time: 1ms max

Switching frequency: 500Hz

Weight: 105g (G mod) 110g

110g (F mod)

TECHNICAL DATA

Page 205: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

www.automation.datalogic.com

TIMING FUNCTION DIAGRAM

Four selectable timing functions: one shot, ON delay, OFF delay and normal mode. Thefunctions can be adjusted, using a trimmer, from 0.1 to 5 seconds.

The timing functions can be particularly useful in applications where the output signal pulse hasto be modified.

Page 206: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

Through beam

DETECTION DIAGRAMS

m

cm

Diffuse proximity

mm

mm

Polarized retroreflex on R2 reflector

mm

mm

Background suppression

mm

%

6% black /90% white

18% grey /90% white

90% white

18% grey

Other modelsThrough beam

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

Recommended operating distance Maximum operating distance

200 40 60 80 (m)

7050

20 4 6 8 10 (m)

S2Z-M

S2Z-B

2

S2Z-C1

2.1

1.2

7 9

Page 207: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

MODEL POWER SUPPLY DELAY OUTPUT N° ORDERS2Z-PA-1-B01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051000S2Z-PA-1-B06-RX Vac/Vdc • Relay 95B051010S2Z-PA-5-B01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051020S2Z-PA-5-B06-OX Vdc • PNP/NPN transistor 95B051030S2Z-PA-1-M01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051040S2Z-PA-1-M06-RX Vac/Vdc • Relay 95B051050S2Z-PA-5-M01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051060S2Z-PA-5-M06-OX Vdc • PNP/NPN transistor 95B051070 S2Z-PA-1-C01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051080S2Z-PA-1-C06-RX Vac/Vdc • Relay 95B051090S2Z-PA-5-C01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051100S2Z-PA-5-C06-OX Vdc • PNP/NPN transistor 95B051110S2Z-PA-1-FG01-RX Vac/Vdc Relay 95B051130S2Z-PA-1-FG06-R Vac/Vdc • Relay 95B051140S2Z-PA-5-FG01-OX Vdc PNP/NPN transistor 95B051160S2Z-PA-5-FG06-OX Vdc • PNP/NPN transistor 95B051170

The company endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason the technical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variationswithout prior notice. For correct installation and use, the company can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manual supplied with the products.

Printed in Italy in May 2009, Rev. 00

www.datasensor.comwww.automation.datalogic.com

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Page 208: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

The TL10 series is composed of analog contrast sensors with incandescent lampemission with long life and easy interchangeability.The sensors present a mechanical multi-turn optic adjuster for the sensitivityregulation, a switch for the dark/light operating mode selection and a red LED thatsignals the NPN transistor output activation. Different models are available with 8, 28 and 50 mm lenses.

TL10 SERIES

ANALOGUE SENSORS WITH LAMP EMISSION

• Incandescent lamp emission • Optic adjustment of the sensitivity• 8, 28 and 50 mm lenses available • Dark/light mode selector

The sensors of the TL10 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts. Contrast sensors of the TLµ series are recommended for replacements, newapplications and improved performances.

Page 209: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

TECHNICAL DATA DETECTION DIAGRAMSPower supply: ............................................... 10 ... 30 Vdc, reverse polarity protection

4.5 Vac for lamp emission

Consumption: ............................................... 50 mA max.

Light emission: ............................................. 4.5 V (0,8 A) incandescent lamp

Spot dimension: ........................................... 5 x 1 mm (8 mm lens)

6 x 2.5 mm (28 mm lens)

8 x 2.5 mm (50 mm lens)

Operating distance: ...................................... 8 ... 12 mm (8 mm lens)

28 ... 36 mm (28 mm lens)

46 ... 54 mm (50 mm lens)

Depth of field: ............................................... ±2 mm (8 mm lens)

±4 mm (28 and 50 mm lenses)

Setting: .......................................................... mechanical multi-turn actuator

Indicators: ..................................................... red OUTPUT LED

Output type: .................................................. NPN

Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1.4 V max.

Output current: ............................................. 100 mA max., short-circuit protection

Response time: .............................................50 µs max.

Switching frequency: ................................... 10 KHz max.

Operating mode : ..........................................dark/light selectable

Connection: ...................................................3 m Ø 5.5 mm cable

cable with Amphenol connector

Electrical protection: ....................................class 1

Mechanical protection: ................................ IP67

Housing material: ......................................... ZAMA

Lens material: ............................................... glass

Weight: .......................................................... 600 g max.

Operating temperature: ................................-10 ... +55°C

Storage temperature: ................................... -20 ... +70°C

Fibre operating temperature: ...................... -30 ... +60°C

Reference standard: ..................................... EN 60947-5-2

Certifications: ...............................................

The operating distances indicate the detection distance with excess gain 2.

28 mm lens

8 mm lens

50 mm lens

The detection diagrams indicate the typicaloperating distance with excess gain 1.

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

Page 210: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

DIMENSIONS

CABLE VERSIONS

28 mm lens

50 mm lens

AMPHENOL CONNECTOR VERSIONS

mm

46

50

Ø 4

8.5

M20x0

.75

Ø 3

3

42

M20x0

.75

6

44

Page 211: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

MODEL DESCRIPTION CODE N°

010066 6V/6W lamp vertical spot (standard vers.) S2600030

010067 6V/6W lamp horizontal spot (90° vers.) S2610300

Please refer also to Sensor Accessories

MODEL OPTICS SPOT CONNECTION OUTPUT CODE N°

TL10-011 8 mm vertical cable NPN S917660100

TL10-012 8 mm vertical Amphenol connector NPN S917660105

TL10-011L 8 mm horizontal cable NPN S917660102

TL10-021 28 mm vertical cable NPN S917660101

TL10-031 50 mm vertical cable NPN S917660103

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

ACCESSORY SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Distributed by:

Pri

nte

d in

Ital

y in

Ju

ly 2

005

Rev

. 02

The sensors of the TL10 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts. Contrast sensors of the TLµ series are recommended for replacements, newapplications and improved performances.

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products.

Page 212: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

• Red or green selectable LED emission • Threshold setting with multi-turn trimmer • 9, 18, 28 mm lenses and fibre-optics available • Selectable NPN/PNP output and dark/light mode

The TL80 series is composed of analog-based contast sensors with LEDemission, distinguished by good depth of field and high switching frequencyreaching 10 kHz.Switching threshold setting is aided by two arrow indicators showing the multiturntrimmer’s rotation direction; moreover switches for the selection of the red orgreen emission, dark or light operating mode, NPN or PNP output and timingfunction are also present.Accessory lenses for different operating distances and various proximity andthrough beam fibre-optics extend the application possibilities. The sturdy metalhousing guarantees IP67 protection.

TL80 SERIES

ANALOG SENSORS WITH LED EMISSION

The sensors of the TL80 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts. Contrast sensors of the TLµ series are recommended for replacements, newapplications and improved performances.

Page 213: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

TECHNICAL DATA DETECTION DIAGRAMSPower supply: ............................................... 10 ... 30 Vdc, reverse polarity protection

Consumption: ............................................... 80 mA max.

Light emission: ............................................. red 630 nm / green 526 nm LED

Spot dimension: ........................................... 1.5 x 5 mm (9 mm lens)

2 x 7 mm (18 mm lens)

3 x 10 mm (28 mm lens)

Operating distance: ...................................... 7 ... 11 mm (9 mm lens)

16 ... 20 mm (18 mm lens)

25 ... 31 mm (28 mm lens)

Operating distance with fibre-optics: ......... 0 ... 5 mm proximity

0 ... 15 mm through beam

Depth of field: ............................................... ±2 mm (9 and 18 mm lenses)

±3 mm (28 mm lens)

Setting: .......................................................... multi-turn trimmer

Indicators: ..................................................... red OUTPUT LED

red LEDs for trimmer rotation direction

Output type: .................................................. NPN or PNP, Rpull-down/up 10 kΩ

Saturation voltage: ....................................... 1.2 V max. (NPN vers.)

2.2 V max. (PNP vers.)

Output current: ............................................. 200 mA max.; short-circuit protection

Response time: .............................................50 µs (8, 18 mm, fibre-optic vers.)

166 µs (28 mm vers.)

Switching frequency: ................................... 10 KHz max. (8, 18 mm, fibre-optic vers.)

3.3 KHz max. (28 mm vers.)

Operating mode: ...........................................dark/light selectable

Analog output range: ................................... 0 ... 5.5 Vdc (2 Vdc on white 90%)

2.2 kΩ output resistance

Timing function: ........................................... 20 ms minimum output ON

Connection: ...................................................M12 4-pole conn., 3 m Ø 5 mm cable

or cable with Amphenol connector

Electrical protection: ....................................class 1

Mechanical protection: ................................ IP67

Housing material: ......................................... ZAMA

Lens material: ............................................... glass

Fibre-optic material: ..................................... fibre in glass / sheath in metal

fibre in PMMA / sheath in PE (OF-30)

Weight: .......................................................... 550 g max.

Operating temerature: .................................. -10 ... +55°C

Storage temperature: ................................... -20 ... +70°C

Fibre operating temperature: ...................... -30 ... +150°C (glass OF vers.)

-30 ... +60°C (OF-30)

Reference standard: ..................................... EN 60947-5-2

Certifications: ...............................................

18 mm lens

9 mm lens

28 mm lens

Proximity fibre-optics

Through beam fibre-optics

mm

mm

%

mm

mm

mm

%

%

%

%

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

Page 214: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

DIMENSIONS

mm

M12 CONNECTOR

AMPHENOL CONNECTOR VERSIONS

OF-35

OPTIC FIBRES

OF-30

OF-31

OF-32

OF-33

OF-34

2.512.5 12.5 27.5

50035

Ø 3

M4

12.5+0-0.1

1000

35

Ø 8

Ø 2.5M6

12.5+0-0.11000

35

Ø 8

3

1

M6

12.5+0-0.11000

35

Ø 8

Ø 1.6

M6

12.5+0-0.1

12.5+0-0.1

1000

1000

35

35

1

88

3

3

13.4

M5x5 n°8

21

30

87

41.5

28

36

.5

62.5

58.5

Ø 5

Ø 25

Ø 25

Ø 33

24

15.5

4

744.5

75

28

Page 215: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

MODEL DESCRIPTION CODE N°

OF-30-5 plastic fibre-optic L 50 cm - point-shaped spot proximity 96B001070

OF-31-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - point-shaped spot proximity 96B201000

OF-32-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - rectangular spot proximity 96B211000

OF-33-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - through beam 96B221000

OF-34-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - horizontal spot 90° proximity 96B231000

OF-35-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - vertical spot 90° proximity 96B241000

Please refer also to Sensor Accessories

MODEL SPOT OPTICS CONNECTION CODE N°

TL80-011 vertical 9 mm cable 964051000

TL80-011L horizontal 9 mm cable 964051010

TL80-012 vertical 9 mm Amphenol connector 964051020

TL80-012L horizontal 9 mm Amphenol connector 964051030

TL80-015 vertical 9 mm M12 connector 964051040

TL80-015L horizontal 9 mm M12 connector 964051050

TL80-061 vertical 18 mm cable 964051180

TL80-065 vertical 18 mm M12 connector 964051220

TL80-021 vertical 28 mm cable 964051060

TL80-025 vertical 28 mm M12 connector 964051100

TL80F-041 refer to fibers optic fibre cable 964051120

TL80F-042 refer to fibers optic fibre Amphenol connector 964051130

TL80F-045 refer to fibers optic fibre M12 connector 964051140

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

ACCESSORY SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Distributed by:

Pri

nte

d in

Ital

y in

Ju

ly 2

005

Rev

. 04

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products.

The sensors of the TL80 series and relative accessories are available as spare parts. Contrast sensors of the TLµ series are recommended for replacements, newapplications and improved performances.

Page 216: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

• ‘Teach-in’, ‘Remote’ setting and models with ‘Auto-Set’• Red/green or white LED emission • Various interchangeable lenses and fibre-optic versions • Metal housing with orientable optics and connector

The TLµµ series offers the most reliable and innovative solutions for all detectionapplications of register marks and other neutral or coloured references. The microprocessor-based setting can be either ‘Teach-in’ using two push-buttonsor ‘Remote’ by cable with the possibility of rapidly memorising and recalling 4different formats. The setting can also be dynamic and completely automatic in themodels with the ‘Auto-Set’ function.The LED emission can be red/green with automatic selection, or white offering thepossibility of operating on all contrasts, also amongst same-coloured objects andbackgrounds, presenting different surface treatments or workings.Models with interchangeable 9 mm or 18 mm lenses are available; 22, 28 and 50mm lenses are supplied as accessories. Moreover many different fibre-opticmodels are available. The output is NPN or PNP according to the model, but isalways selectable by means of an internal switch; an analog output proportional tothe received light is also present.

TLµµ SERIES

µµP BASED SENSORS WITH LED EMISSION

Page 217: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

TECHNICAL DATA DETECTION DIAGRAMSPower supply: ............................................... 10 ... 30 Vdc, reverse polarity protection

Consumption: ............................................... 80 mA max.

Light emission: ............................................. red 630 nm / green 526 nm LED

white LED (TLµ-4/5xx vers.)

Spot dimension: ........................................... 1.5 x 5 mm (9 mm lens)

Ø 3 mm (9 lens - circular)

2 x 7 mm (18 mm lens)

Operating distance: ...................................... 6 ... 12 mm (9 mm lens)

14 ... 22 mm (18 mm lens)

22 ... 34 mm (28 mm lens)

40 ... 60 mm (50 mm lens)

Operating distance with fibre-optics: ......... 0 ... 3 mm proximity

0 ... 10 mm through beam

Depth of field: ............................................... ±3 mm (9 mm lens)

±4 mm (18 mm lens)

±6 mm (28 mm lens)

±10 mm (50 mm lens)

Setting: .......................................................... Teach-in with 2 push-buttons

Remote with 2 wires

dynamic Auto-Set (vers.TLµ-417/517)

Indicators: ..................................................... red OUTPUT LED

green POWER LED (vers.TLµ-417/517)

green READY LED

Output type: .................................................. NPN or PNP, Rpull-down/up 10 kΩSaturation voltage: ....................................... 1 V max. (NPN vers.)

2 V max. (PNP vers.)

Output current: ............................................. 200 mA max., short-circuit protection

Response time: .............................................50 µs max., 25 µs max. (TLµ-4/5xx vers.)

Switching frequency: ................................... 10 kHz max., 20 kHz max. (TLµ-4/5xx vers.)

Operating mode: .......................................... automatic dark/light selection

Analog output range: ................................... 0 ... 5.5 Vdc (2 Vdc on white 90%)

2.2 kΩ output resistance

Timing function: ........................................... 20 ms minimum output ON

Connection: .................................................. M12 4-pole connector

3m Ø 6.1 mm shielded cable

Electrical protection: ....................................class 1

Mechanical protection: ................................ IP67

Housing material: ......................................... ZAMA

Lens material: ............................................... glass

Fibre-optic material: ..................................... fibre in glass / sheath in metal

fibre in PMMA / sheath in PE (OF-30)

Weight: .......................................................... 310 g max. (connector vers.)

450 g max. (cable vers.)

Operating temperature: ............................... -10 ... +55°C

Storage temperature: ................................... -25 ... +70°C

Fibre operating temperature: ...................... -30 ... +150°C (glass OF vers.)

-30 ... +60°C (OF-30)

Reference standard: ..................................... EN 60947-5-2

Certifications: ...............................................

The operating distances indicate the typical detection distance.

22 mm lens

9 mm lens

28 mm lens

50 mm lens

Proximity fibre-optics

Through beam fibre-optics

18 mm lens

The detection diagrams indicate the typicaloperating distance.

UNI EN ISO9001 UNI EN ISO14000

II3D

Page 218: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

CONNECTIONS

DIMENSIONS

M12 CONNECTOR

mm

NPN/PNP OUTPUT

NPN/PNP OUTPUT

*

* Dark/light mode selection input for Auto-Set models

50 mm lens OF-35

OPTIC FIBRES

OF-30

OF-31

OF-32

OF-33

OF-34

2.512.5 12.5 27.5

50035

Ø 3

M4

12.5+0-0.1

1000

35

Ø 8

Ø 2.5M6

12.5+0-0.11000

35

Ø 8

3

1

M6

12.5+0-0.11000

35

Ø 8

Ø 1.6

M6

12.5+0-0.1

12.5+0-0.1

1000

1000

35

35

1

88

3

3

13.4

Ø 2

8

M20x0

.75

31.5

28

Ø 2

5

Ø 3

3

M20x0

.75

15

11.5

42

M2

0x0

.75

6

44

22 mm lensHI-RES lens

28 mm lens

18 mm lens

LENSES

46

50

Ø 4

8.5

M20x0

.75

4

9.2

20

Ø 2

5

M20x0

.75

18 mm lens

cap

READY LED

MARK PUSH-BUTTON

OUTPUT LED

BKGDPUSH-BUTTON

M12 CONNECTOR15

4.37.5

81.2

20.92827.514.19 mm lens

n°4 M5x6n°4 M5x0.24

n°4 M5x6n°4 M5x0.242836.6

Ø 2

5

Ø 6

.1

24

39.8

5.9

58

42.2

31

M12x1

CAP

Ø 2

5

21

Page 219: Resumen Productos Datalogic SENSORES

MODEL EMISSION SPOT OPTICS CONNECTION OUTPUT CODE N°

TLµ-011 red/green vertical 9 mm cable NPN 964401000

TLµ-011L red/green horizontal 9 mm cable NPN 964401010

TLµ-015 red/green vertical 9 mm M12 connector NPN 964401020

TLµ-015L red/green horizontal 9 mm M12 connector NPN 964401030

TLµ-061 red/green vertical 18 mm cable NPN 964401040

TLµ-065 red/green vertical 18 mm M12 connector NPN 964401060

TLµ-111 red/green vertical 9 mm cable PNP 964401080

TLµ-111L red/green horizontal 9 mm cable PNP 964401090

TLµ-115 red/green vertical 9 mm M12 connector PNP 964401100

TLµ-115L red/green horizontal 9 mm M12 connector PNP 964401110

TLµ-161 red/green vertical 18 mm cable PNP 964401120

TLµ-165 red/green vertical 18 mm M12 connector PNP 964401140

TLµ-415C white circular 9 mm M12 connector NPN 954151330

TLµ-417C (*) white circular 9 mm M12 connector NPN 954151340

TLµ-445 white refer to fibres fibre-optic M12 connector NPN 954151350

TLµ-515C white circular 9 mm M12 connector PNP 954151360

TLµ-517C (*) white circular 9 mm M12 connector PNP 954151370

TLµ-545 white refer to fibres fibre-optic M12 connector PNP 954151380

* Automatic dynamic setting with ‘Auto-Set’ function

CO

NT

RA

ST

SE

NS

OR

S

MODEL DESCRIPTION CODE N°

Lens Hi-Res lens with 9 mm focus (*) 95ACC1050

Lens No.18 lens with 18 mm focus 95ACC1030

Lens No.22 lens with 22 mm focus 95ACC1100

Lens No.28 lens with 28 mm focus 890000194

Lens No.50 lens with 50 mm focus S73030511

OF-30-5 plastic fibre-optic L 50 cm - point-shaped spot proximity 96B001070

OF-31-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - point-shaped spot proximity 96B201000

OF-32-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - rectangular spot proximity 96B211000

OF-33-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - through beam 96B221000

OF-34-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - horizontal spot 90° proximity 96B231000

OF-35-10 glass fibre-optic L 100 cm - vertical spot 90° proximity 96B241000

* focussing lens to screw between the sensor and the normal 9 mm lensPlease refer also to Sensor Accessories

MODEL SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

ACCESSORY SELECTION AND ORDER INFORMATION

Distributed by:

Pri

nte

d in

Ital

y in

Ju

ly 2

005

Rev

. 05

HEADQUARTERS

DATASENSOR SpAvia Lavino, 265 - 40050 Monte San Pietro, BO - ItalyTel. +39 051/6765611 • Fax +39 051/6759324 www.datasensor.com • e-mail [email protected]

Datasensor SpA endeavours to continuously improve and renew its products; for this reason thetechnical data and contents of this catalogue may undergo variations without prior notice. For correctinstallation and use Datasensor SpA can guarantee only the data indicated in the instruction manualsupplied with the products.